Skip to main content

Future Hospital: approval of preferred scheme and funding

This content has been automatically generated from the original PDF and some formatting may have been lost. Let us know if you find any major problems.

Text in this format is not official and should not be relied upon to extract citations or propose amendments. Please see the PDF for the official version of the document.

STATES OF JERSEY

FUTURE HOSPITAL: APPROVAL OF PREFERRED SCHEME AND FUNDING

Lodged au Greffe on 31st October 2017 by the Minister for Treasury and Resources

STATES GREFFE

2017  P.107

PROPOSITION

THE STATES are asked to decide whether they are of opinion

to refer to their Act dated 23rd October 2012, which requested the Council of Ministers to bring forward proposals for a new Hospital, and their Act dated 1st December 2016, which approved in principle the site location for the new General Hospital; and –

  1. to approve the Preferred Scheme contained within the Future Hospital Outline Business Case with a capital expenditure budget of up to £466 million;
  2. to approve, in accordance with the provisions of Article 3(3)(a) of the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 ("the Law"), the establishment of a Special Fund to be known as the "Hospital Construction Fund" and to approve the Fund's purpose, as set out in Appendix A to the report accompanying this proposition;
  3. to authorise, in accordance with Article 21(1) of the Law, the Minister for Treasury and Resources to borrow up to £275 million towards the construction of the Preferred Scheme, and to direct that the amount borrowed be paid into the Strategic Reserve Fund;
  4. to agree that the Strategic Reserve Fund policy be amended so as to authorise the transfer from the Strategic Reserve Fund to the Hospital Construction Fund, drawn down as required, the sum representing the balance of up to £466 million after deducting the £23.6 million already allocated in connection with this project in previous Budgets;
  5. to agree that the Strategic Reserve Fund policy be further amended so as to authorise –
  1. that  the  costs  of  borrowing  and  ongoing  finance  and administration costs related to the borrowing be borne by the Strategic Reserve Fund; and
  2. the repayment from the Strategic Reserve Fund of the amount borrowed in accordance with paragraph (c) above; and
  3. that  on  the  final  account  of  the  Preferred  Scheme  being presented, any unspent monies shall be returned to the Strategic Reserve Fund.

MINISTER FOR TREASURY AND RESOURCES

REPORT

Executive Summary

Jersey is not alone in the challenges of maintaining the health and wellbeing of an ageing population. However, unlike many jurisdictions, we are facing up to these challenges and putting in place a range of policies to tackle them. A Hospital that is fit for purpose is  an  essential  component  of  our  strategy,  and  will  provide  high-quality  medical treatment both now and in the future. The current Hospital has developed piecemeal over many decades and its physical condition, as independently assessed, is rapidly becoming inadequate. All credible solutions for a new Hospital require a once in a generation' investment.

This proposition has been lodged by the Minister for Treasury and Resources in order to comply with the rules set out in the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005; however, if those rules were not as they are, this proposition would have been in the name of the Council of Ministers, reflecting their support for this proposal and their belief that this is absolutely the right solution to make progress to address the challenges we face.

This is a crucial decision for the States Assembly to make. In approving the proposition "Health  and  Social  Services:  A  New  Way  Forward"  (P.82/2012)  as  amended (P.82/2012 Amd.) on 23rd October 2012, the States Assembly approved that –

"the Council of Ministers co-ordinate the necessary steps by all relevant Ministers  to  bring  forward  for  approval  proposals  for  the  priorities  for investment in Hospital services and detailed plans for a new Hospital (either on a new site or a rebuilt and refurbished Hospital on the current site)".

In  approving  the  proposition  "Future  Hospital:  preferred  site"  (P.110/2016)  on 1st December 2016, the States Assembly approved the preferred site for the Future Hospital, in principle, as being the current Jersey General Hospital site with an extension along the east side of Kensington Place and other nearby sites, including Westaway Court.

This  Proposition  requests  approval  of  the  Preferred  Scheme  that responds  to  the identified requirements for modern safe, sustainable, and affordable Hospital services as anticipated by "Health and Social Services: A New Way Forward", and which are in line with the "Acute Service Strategy" approved by the Minister for Health and Social Services in a decision signed on 18th July 2016 (MD-HSS-2016-0035).

The Preferred Scheme is a New Build Hospital on a part of the current site, with additional properties on Kensington Place and a New Build support facility at Westaway Court, contained within the Future Hospital Outline Business Case ("OBC") with a capital expenditure budget of up to £466 million.

An indicative capital cost of up to £466 million for the project cost of developing the concept envisaged was proposed in "Future Hospital: preferred site" (P.110/2016). The cost estimate incorporated all works to the main Hospital, together with all related relocation, site acquisition, enabling works and associated fees, but was an indicative estimate, founded on area-based assumptions. Significant further design, as well as planning and procurement activity, was needed before a final cost could be provided.

A significant amount of work has been ongoing to inform the workforce assessments and plans, to develop a concept design, to develop the proposed procurement strategy and outline planning approach, to tender for a supply-chain construction partner, and to commence  the  planning  of  relocation  works,  as  well  as  undertaking  extensive stakeholder and clinical engagement throughout. This work has provided more cost certainty on the construction costs, and the detail within the OBC is intended to provide Members with sufficient information in order to make the decision to invest.

The OBC provides the case for this investment. It set out the whole life costs associated with the delivery of the Preferred Scheme and associated details in relation to its nature, scale, profile and cost-drivers.

The capital cost estimate of £466 million includes works required to repurpose the Granite Block, but not any other legacy buildings. The cost of acquiring property to form the Preferred Site are included, as are the costs to build temporary clinical blocks, and the cost of relocating the corporate functions to free up the space necessary to allow a single phased main construction.

The cost estimate will be managed in 2 parts. The optimism bias and contingency ("risk") will be managed by the Treasury, leaving the delivery team to manage the remaining estimated project costs, including an estimate for inflation. The contingency sums, if and when required, will be accessed through a process of challenge and agreement between the delivery team and Treasury.

The workings associated with the cost estimate for this project have been brought together with the assistance of Gleeds Management Services (Hospital project advisers) and EY (Hospital project financial advisers) who have provided advice over the costs and modelling associated with their estimates.

As set out in P.110/2016, the Future Hospital provides an opportunity to crystallise the very best of Jersey in a high-quality and enduring safe, sustainable, and affordable Hospital.

The core purpose of the Future Hospital will be an environment that provides excellent care for everyone, all of the time, now and for the future. The States Assembly now has the opportunity to put this vision into practice through approving this Proposition.

This report summarises the key aspects of the OBC, describing –

  • the context in which the need for the Hospital is defined in the Strategic Case;
  • the method by which the Options were appraised, in accordance with best practice, and the selection of the Preferred Scheme in the Economic Case;
  • the means by which the Preferred Scheme can be procured in the Commercial Case;
  • the long-term financial impacts of the Preferred Scheme in the Finance Case; and
  • the capability and capacity of the client to safely deliver the Preferred Scheme in the Management Case.

This will be Jersey's largest single capital investment in a generation. After considering all the options and consulting with expert advisers, the Minister for Treasury and Resources, with the support of the Council of Ministers, is proposing to raise the funding

required through a blended solution; borrowing, supplemented by existing reserves. That borrowing is proposed to be by means of a public-rated sterling bond.

That borrowing would be repaid by future excess returns on the Strategic Reserve Fund. The proceeds of any future sales of property or other strategic assets would be used to further strengthen reserves.

It is not planned to raised additional taxation to pay for the new Hospital.

The Treasury Advisory Panel ("TAP") is established by the Minister for Treasury and Resources to advise him, the Assistant Minister and the Treasurer of the States on matters relating to investment decisions, and may also be requested to provide advice on other relevant Treasury matters. The Panel comprises –

  • an Independent Chairman;
  • the Treasurer of the States of Jersey and/or delegated Treasury Director; and
  • up to 3 Non-Executive Members (currently 2).

The Panel was requested to recommend a suitable funding methodology for the Future Hospital project requirements, using its relevant expertise, experience and knowledge.

On  13th April 2017,  the  Minister for Treasury and  Resources received  a  formal recommendation from the TAP, further to and consistent with advice from other experts, as follows –

  1. A public-rated sterling bond issuance is the optimal debt instrument to finance the construction of a new Hospital rather than using sums from the Strategic Reserve.
  2. Once the States Assembly have formally confirmed that a bond will be issued, a hedging arrangement should be implemented to protect the States from large movements  in  gilt  yields  before  the  bond can  be  issued  (details  of  the instrument(s) to be used to be confirmed at a later date).
  3. The Panel is satisfied that it is reasonable to assume a 5% (RPI + 2%) long-term rate of return from the Strategic Reserve Fund.

Since that recommendation was issued, other suggestions have been made regarding the shape and form that borrowing should take. The TAP has provided its views on these alternatives and has reconfirmed its recommendation. In coming to its conclusions, the TAP has utilised the research and analysis provided by the Minister's external advisers EY, Aon Hewitt (in respect of expected investment returns), and the report from the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy commissioned by the Corporate Services Scrutiny Panel.

Their report says –

"Having  considered  the  research  and  analysis  and  carefully  considered  the alternatives put forward it remains TAP's recommendation that the public-rated sterling bond issuance remains the optimal approach to financing the construction of a new Hospital for the following reasons:

  1. This is by far the most flexible solution. It provides the maximum protection of the Strategic Reserve so that it is available for alternative uses should it be needed. For example in times of crisis, national emergency or severe economic recession funds will be readily available without having to resort to borrowing (if at all possible) at an unfavourable time on unfavourable terms, or alternative sources of funding which may take time to develop (e.g. taxation, sale of other assets).
  2. Long term fixed rate funding is available that matches the projected life of the asset (30 to 40 years). The full requirement can be raised in a single fundraising without covenants or restrictions. The States credit rating is AA- and this coupled with an issuance of this size would be sufficient for the bond to be included in a number of market indices – thereby generating demand.
  3. Long term interest rates are currently at unprecedented low levels and the States will be able to take advantage of these and provide cost certainty over the full life of the debt.
  4. Providing the maximum protection of the Strategic Reserve, with the expected returns of at least 5% over the life of the borrowing, provides sufficient returns to pay both the interest on the bond and the principal at maturity.
  5. SoJ  has  experience  of  bond  issuance  and  the  ongoing  operational requirements."

In January 2017, the Minister for Treasury and Resources sought the Fiscal Policy Panel's ("FPP") advice on the proposed funding strategy. Its response was positive to the proposal –

"The Panel has discussed your proposals and we feel that at a high level the strategy of borrowing money through a bond issue, allowing the returns from the investment of the Strategic Reserve to pay for the interest and build up in the fund (to repay the capital borrowed) is sensible in view of the fiscal and economic outlook. We agree that the assumptions you have made about the likely returns and interest rates seem to be prudent and appropriate, although there is always considerable uncertainty around any such assumptions.

There are however a number of risks to the proposals that we would draw your attention to. These are not significant enough to require a different approach, but are issues that merit further consideration and where necessary further contingency planning."

The FPP referred to risks to the strategy, some of which are now reduced as a result of the lower level of borrowing being proposed. For example, the likely annual coupon cost of borrowing around £400 million was £10.5 million. Borrowing £275 million is likely to have an annual coupon cost of approximately £7 million, a significantly lower cost of borrowing.

There is a precedent for issuing such a bond. When we saw the need to invest in improving  and  adding  to  our  social  and  affordable  housing  stock,  we  issued  a £250 million public-rated sterling bond. That decision is now producing more and better-quality homes for Islanders.

The benchmark interest rates on borrowing through such bonds are at a historic low, so by borrowing at a low rate of interest, we can leave our existing reserves in place where they generate returns that are expected to exceed the cost of borrowing.

The average annual return on Jersey's Strategic Reserve Fund since 1986 has exceeded RPI by 4.4%. From 2006 – 2016 the average annual return was 6.6%, which was 3.80% above RPI(Y).

After consultation with independent investment advisers, for modelling and options appraisal, Treasury has assumed a long-term rate of return of RPI(Y) + 2% on the Strategic Reserve Fund.

Financial advisers have helped to assess the price of a fixed-rate £275 million public- rated sterling bond, which was estimated to be within a range of 2.64% to 2.74% on 24th October 2017. Using that assumption a cash receipt of approximately £265 million after discounting for the published coupon rate of 2.625%, rounded down to the nearest 1/8th of a percent, as is the market norm to allow comparability between all bonds in the market place.

These figures demonstrate that it makes sense to borrow through a bond then repay the interest and, eventually, the capital, using excess returns on the Strategic Reserve Fund. The capital amount the States Assembly agreed to protect, increasing each year with inflation, would be protected and available for future generations.

Markets and other circumstances may change, and it is important that some flexibility is retained to make detailed decisions, with advice from the TAP, closer to any bond issuance.  The  current  approach  would  be  to  borrow  up  to  £275 million  over 30 to 40 years, with the balance coming from reserves and sums already agreed. The money raised would be placed in the Strategic Reserve Fund prior to being drawn down into a specific fund set up for the Hospital construction – the Hospital Construction Fund.

This funding proposal will increase our borrowing, but Jersey will still have very low rates of borrowing compared to elsewhere. It would take our debt to GDP ratio from 6% to 13% (at £275 million). This is well below most countries; for example, the U.K. has a ratio of 89%. While there is a risk that the cost of any future borrowing could increase as a result, our strong position makes this unlikely. Jersey's balance sheet remains extremely strong and we are using this borrowing to build an asset. Matching a long- term asset with a long-term liability is both a logical and typical approach.

Fluctuation of returns in the early years may mean using the Strategic Reserve Fund capital in some years and paying it back in other years.

Every funding proposal carries some risk but, based on current knowledge, this is the best way to make the most of our considerable reserves and strong balance sheet. It takes advantage of the fact that the historically low cost of borrowing is less than conservative estimates of future income from our Strategic Reserve Fund in the long term, and it does this without requiring direct contributions from Islanders through additional charges or taxes.

We need to offer our population the best healthcare possible, and to do this we need a new Hospital. After taking professional advice, this is the most prudent way to raise the funds needed to build a Hospital that meets modern standards and that can continue to evolve as healthcare changes.

The Outline Business Case ("OBC")

This Report summarises the Outline Business Case ("OBC") and sets out the appraisal work, to build a safe sustainable and affordable General Hospital. The OBC tests the options available to the Health and Social Services Department in meeting the challenge of implementing the transformational expectations of P.82/2012.

It follows the format of the United Kingdom H.M. Treasury Five Case Model (2013), with appropriate adjustments where needed to reflect jurisdictional differences between the U.K. and the States of Jersey. Key examples of these include –

  • No purchaser and provider split working in an internal market in Jersey;
  • Absence of tariffs for units of activity in the Hospital in Jersey;
  • Different model of primary care funding in Jersey;
  • Island factors with respect to model of care and delivery of services;
  • Single General Hospital providing comprehensive acute care in an Island.

This Report and the OBC are comprised of the following sections:

The Strategic Case – Delivered in 3 parts [A–C] this sets out the overall context for the project. It updates the position established within the Strategic Outline Case ("SOC") to reflect further Project development. It ensures that the Project continues to deliver against  the  business  needs  of  the  Hospital  and  the  wider  health  and  social  care organisation in which it sits. This section makes the case for change and sets out the key issues to be addressed by the Future Hospital Project.

The Economic Case – Sets out the process followed in economically evaluating the agreed options, and confirms the Preferred Scheme that delivers the greatest value for money in the way that it addresses the investment objectives of the Project.

The Commercial Case – Sets out the nature of the delivery process and confirms the specific contractual and procurement arrangements to be put in place to deliver the Preferred Scheme.

The Finance Case – Sets out the financial position of the Preferred Scheme relative to project constraints and the current Hospital's revenue profile.

The Management Case – Details how the delivery of the Preferred Scheme will be managed, and sets out specific project control arrangements for the required enabling works, the transition period up to the opening of the Future Hospital, and for the management of the current General Hospital during the period of construction.

  1. The Strategic Case

P.82/2012 ("Health and Social Services: A New Way Forward") has resulted in an extensive network of new and enhanced services in the community. As part of this, a broader range of organisations are delivering significant and increasing elements of service, and many stakeholders are involved in developing strategies (e.g. for Mental Health, Primary Care and Out of Hospital' services) in ways that complement the 3 key principles of the Acute Service Strategy –

  • Admission avoidance – doing all we can so that patients do not need to be cared for in Hospital in the first place;
  • Admission prevention – when Islanders do not need to come to  Hospital, making  early  decisions  and  providing  treatments  in  ways  that  reduce  the numbers needing to be admitted;
  • Early discharge – when Islanders do need to be admitted, making sure their care is as safe and clinically effective as possible so that they are able to return home or to care outside Hospital at the earliest opportunity.

Although significant progress has already been made in delivering the expectations of P.82/2012, the need to replace the Jersey General Hospital remains a pressing strategic priority and a key objective for the Health and Social Services Department.

The Strategic Case covers the existing condition of the Hospital, its ability to respond to the changing needs of the population, how new ways of working can support the case for change articulated in P.82/2012, and how the broader Health and Social Services stakeholders have been involved in the process of developing the OBC.

Estate condition

With clinical accommodation dating from the 1960s, the current Hospital comprises a disparate collection of buildings developed piecemeal to different healthcare standards, operational practices and construction standards. As a result, facilities are in poor condition, with the worst areas of building and engineering infrastructure presenting daily operational difficulties.

These conditions were noted within the "Jersey General Hospital – Strategic Outline Case" received by the States of Jersey in 2013. Despite recent investment in key elements of engineering infrastructure, a Six Facet Survey' – an industry standard way of evaluating the condition of Hospital buildings (completed by independent expert advisers in 2015) indicated that the overall situation remains largely unchanged, with further dilapidation largely offsetting any improvement made in the General Hospital estate since that date.

The risk of operational failure of Hospital infrastructure therefore remains significant. This  risk  will  only  increase  as  age  compromises  the  operation  and  reliability  of infrastructure and building fabric.

Functional suitability and spatial challenges

The "Jersey General Hospital – Strategic Outline Case" drew attention to the poor functional suitability. For example, the majority of in-patient accommodation in multi- bedded bays impacts patient experience, hinders privacy and dignity, and restricts good infection prevention and control. Key parts of the Hospital are significantly below the standards expected within modern Hospital facilities in the U.K. and other jurisdictions.

The following difficulties, noted at that time, remain the case and cannot be effectively addressed due to the constrained site and inflexible structure of the ageing buildings –

  • Inefficient  and  ageing  design,  leading  to  poor  geographical  relationships between clinical departments;
  • Poor space  standards,  which  are increasingly compromising effective  care delivery;
  • Lack of flexibility, thereby hindering the development of facilities in response to the changing needs of medical practice;
  • Poor separation of patient, visitor and logistics flows, thereby compromising patient confidentiality;
  • Poor gender separation, undermining privacy and dignity;
  • Mechanical and electrical plant reaching the end of its useful life, and poor supporting mechanical and engineering infrastructure with increasing cost of maintenance and equipment replacement;
  • Poor fire safety standards, undermining the best standards of evacuation in the event of a fire.

These  issues  have  a  compound  effect  on  the  operation  of  the  Hospital,  limiting performance improvement, hampering transformational initiatives and, in damaging staff morale, are likely to hinder staff recruitment and retention.

Population and demography

The 2016 Population Estimate published by the States of Jersey Statistics Unit indicates that significant population growth has been recorded in recent years. This is forecast to continue.

A change in age distribution is the most significant component in relation to the delivery of health and social care. The number of Islanders aged over 65 and, more specifically, those aged over 85, is set to grow more quickly than other age-groups. On average, these service users typically place the most significant demand on the Island's health and social care.

Both population size and structure are critical to determining the size of the Future Hospital. The Health and Social Services Department's medical planning and financial advisers have undertaken demand modelling using industry standard methods. This has been completed based on a +700 net inward migration planning assumption each year. This modelling forecasts that the demand for in-patient adult general medical and surgical wards is likely to exceed their availability in the current General Hospital from 2018, particularly in periods of peak demand.

From that point, increased bed pressure brought about by changes in demand is likely to result in an increase in the use of off-Island services as the General Hospital works to balance day-to-day elective and emergency demand for beds.

In addition to the base planning assumption of +700 net inward migration each year, modelling  sensitivity  has  been  calculated  at  around  +325,  +1,000  and  +1,500  to demonstrate the Future Hospital's response to these scenarios.

Further work to increase out of Hospital' capacity will help to manage this demand. The funding for this initial transformation work is already included within the Medium Term Financial Plan 2016 – 2019.

Plans are in place to manage these operational pressures in the General Hospital in the period up to the opening of the Future Hospital. The configuration and condition of the current Hospital is, however, unhelpful in relation to these plans and limits the extent to which Hospital-based service and infrastructure improvements can be made.

These  challenges  are  mitigated  by  the  Future  Hospital  enabling  schemes,  where improved ways of working and better functional arrangements supporting wider health system transformation will continue to be realised. This will enable bed capacity in the General Hospital to meet forecast future demand in the transitional period to the opening of the Future Hospital and thereafter.

Interventions planning and new ways of working

Despite the constraints imposed by the physical configuration and condition of the current Hospital, the Health and Social Services Department has embarked on a detailed exercise  to  identify  improvements  in  service  delivery  capable  of  easing  current pressures, and at ways of improving overall efficiency and productivity.

An  extensive  benchmarking  exercise  comparing  the  General  Hospital's  current performance to that of an appropriate peer group of NHS and other island Hospitals has been completed. This benchmarking has identified areas where other general Hospitals have improved productivity in ways that can inform similar improvements locally.

Benchmarking results were shared with clinicians across the Hospital to engage them in identifying lessons that could be learned, and the alternative practices that could be adopted in the Jersey General Hospital.

As a result, a detailed series of Interventions' has been prepared, setting out General Hospital and wider health and social care system changes that can be realised by the time the Future Hospital opens. Some of these benefits, when not wholly dependent on Future Hospital infrastructure, could help manage demand pressures sooner.

These  Interventions'  demonstrate  both  productivity  opportunities  and  benefits  in patient care to facilitate an effective response to future demographic and population changes.

The Interventions' are presented in a Benefits Realisation Plan' that forms part of the OBC. The Future Hospital, in addition to delivering these productivity-related benefits, also realises a number of broader benefits in terms of patient outcomes, patient safety, and patient experience.

The Future Hospital is the right-sized General Hospital for Jersey in its Island context to meet the demographic changes in the coming decades. Its size has been modelled to recognise the wider transformation in the health and social care services, within which the need for the General Hospital has been identified. Its size reflects to the productivity improvements needed to ensure the most effective use of a General Hospital and how to respond to the changing demands of regulation and accreditation and, not least, the demands of Islanders for continual improvements in the safety and quality of healthcare services they require.

Stakeholder engagement

Effective stakeholder engagement will remain central to the delivery of the Future Hospital. The principles underpinning this continuing engagement are set out in the Stakeholder Engagement Strategy' approved by the Future Hospital Project Board in September 2016.

Internal clinical and non-clinical stakeholders continue to be engaged in the Future Hospital design process, ensuring that appropriate clinical advice and local factors are included in the detailed design of the Hospital. Internal and external stakeholders have also been engaged in the benefits appraisal process. This ensures that their collective opinions have been able to influence the choices being made within the Project.

Wider stakeholder engagement has been a priority throughout the Project, and has been undertaken using a range of media including roadshows, direct mail, social media, and through a managed Future Hospital project website. This will continue throughout the life of the Project.

  1. The Economic Case

Economic appraisal of the options for developing a replacement Jersey General Hospital has followed H.M. Treasury Guidance and best practice as set out in the "The Green Book – Appraisal and Evaluation in Central Government".

In approving "Future Hospital: preferred site" (P.110/2016) on 1st December 2016, the States Assembly agreed in principle that the preferred site for a new Jersey General Hospital would be on the current Hospital site, with an extension along the east side of Kensington Place and other nearby sites, including Westaway Court.

The Future Hospital Political Oversight Group considered criteria that a successful project would be required to meet at its meeting on 12th May 2016. The Future Hospital Project Board accepted these as project constraints relating to the specific nature and configuration of the Preferred Site at its meeting on the 23rd May 2016. These were –

  • that the safe operation of the Hospital will be maintained throughout;
  • that the Hospital will be located on the Jersey General Hospital site;
  • that additional properties on Kensington Place will be acquired;
  • that the Hospital will be operational within 7–8 years;
  • that the Hospital will be delivered at a comparable cost to new build site options;
  • that some flexibility in Planning Policy will be tested;
  • some  operational  compromise  will  be  accepted  to  support  the  spatial constraints;
  • a high-quality new build Hospital will be delivered;
  • that there will be support for the release of adequate on-site area; and
  • that the Hospital will be delivered in one main construction phase.

The Outline Business Case considered the most appropriate form of development for the Future Hospital on the Preferred Site.

To  meet  the  mandatory  requirements  of  the  "The  Green  Book –  Appraisal  and Evaluation in Central Government", Do Nothing' and Do the Minimum' options were assessed.  These  options  provided  a  reference  point  against  which  the  economic differences between all options could be fully understood, so that a preferred best performing scheme could be identified.

Option 1 – Do Nothing

This option represents the status quo in that it anticipates that only the statutory defects identified within the existing Hospital are addressed. It does not address current spatial and functional deficiencies, nor does it provide any additional capacity to deal with future population change-driven demand, with patients increasingly being sent for treatment overseas as capacity is exceeded. Indeed the need for ongoing refurbishment leads to a reduction of in-patient bed provision compared to the existing capacity.

In this option, the capacity of the adult medical and surgical beds is forecast to be exceeded by the demand by 2018, leading to increased off-Island elective health care provision and longer waiting-lists This predicted shortfall will to some extent be managed by activities covered within P.82/2012.

Option 2 – Do the Minimum

The structure of the existing Hospital and the constrained site minimises the scope to make any significant functional or capacity improvement. This option therefore reflects an extension of Option 1 to include a temporary ward decant facility and costs to support ward refurbishments over a 10-year period.

Despite providing some capacity to improve performance, like Option 1, it does not address current spatial and functional deficiencies. In not providing any additional capacity over the existing provision to deal with future population change, patients will increasingly need to be sent off-Island for treatment as capacity is exceeded.

In this option, the capacity of the adult medical and surgical beds is forecast to be exceeded by the demand by 2018, leading to increased off-Island elective health care provision and longer waiting-lists. This predicted shortfall will to some extent be managed by activities covered within P.82/2012.

Two further options were considered that offered the potential to meet the Project's Strategic and Investment Objectives.

Option 3 – A new build Hospital on a part of the current site and the refurbishment of a support facility at Westaway Court

This option anticipates a new Hospital on the vacated part of the existing General Hospital site, built to modern U.K. technical and spatial standards; and the refurbishment of Westaway Court to accommodate services to support the Hospital's Out-patients and Ambulatory Care systems.

Option 3 increases in-patient bed capacity to meet the Project Brief. In doing so, it provides greater capacity to meet future demand driven by demographic changes, and leads to reduced levels of need for off-Island care when compared to Options 1 and 2.

In this option the capacity of the adult medical and surgical beds will be exceeded  by  the  forecast  demand  by  2046.  By  using  the  flexibility  that standardised single ensuite bedrooms provides across specialities within the Future Hospital capacity, it will have the potential to meet demand beyond this date in ways that are not possible in Option 1 and Option 2.

The enabling phase programme for Option 3 is extended to manage the complex and sensitive refurbishment of the Maternity and Pathology Departments within the existing Hospital.

Due to available space constraints within the existing Westaway Court building, Option 3 creates sub-optimal clinical adjacencies within the Ambulatory Care and Out-patients Departments.

Option 4 – A new build Hospital on a part of the current site and a new build support facility at Westaway Court

This Option anticipates a new Hospital on the vacated part of the existing Hospital site, and a new build at Westaway Court to accommodate services to support the management of Out-patients and Ambulatory Care provisions in the Future Hospital.

Option 4 increases in-patient bed capacity to meet the Project Brief. In doing so, it provides greater capacity to meet future demand driven by demographic changes, and leads to reduced levels of need for off-Island care when compared to Options 1 and 2.

In this option, the capacity of the adult medical and surgical beds will be exceeded  by  the  forecast  demand  by  2046.  By  using  the  flexibility  that standardised single ensuite bedrooms provides across specialities within the Future Hospital capacity, it will have the potential to meet demand beyond this date in ways that are not possible in Option 1 and Option 2.

The enabling phase programme for Option 4 is prolonged to encompass the increased size of Westaway Court, to include Pathology, but this reduces the co-ordination risk of carrying out refurbishment works in the existing Maternity Department.

The bespoke new build Westaway Court replacement is able to accommodate the appropriate mix of Ambulatory Care and Out-patients Departments to retain the best clinical adjacencies.

Options appraisal

The merits of each option have been considered fully within the Outline Business Case by comparing the cost of delivering each one against the extent to which it delivers the Project's Strategic and Investment Objectives.

A review of the Strategic and Investment Objectives established within the approved Strategic Outline Case was completed in June 2017. This review concluded that the Investment Objectives remained appropriate. There was, however, merit in expanding some elements of the Strategic Objectives to improve their use in evaluating Jersey General Hospital site-specific development options.

The Strategic Outline Case Investment Objectives, expanded Strategic Objectives, and Project constraints are set out in the table below.

 

Table 1 – OBC Investment/Strategic Objectives and Constraints

SOC Investment Objectives:

1

Create a Hospital which is capable of sustaining future demand and ensures ease of

access for the Island's population

2

Optimise the estate to be as efficient and effective as possible

3

Improve  the  quality  and  effectiveness  of  the  Hospital  in  providing  care  to  the

population, particularly where current services require complete replacement

4

Support the workforce to be able to perform to the best of their abilities

OBC Strategic Objectives:

1

Safe – to ensure that services can be delivered in a safe manner for service users and

staff

2

Sustainable – to ensure that the Hospital supports the delivery of sustainable healthcare

in all aspects of delivery

3

Affordable – to ensure that health provision remains affordable

4

Integrated – to deliver facilities that work toward and support an integrated health care

model

5

Person-centred – to place service users and staff at the centre of service planning

6

To secure positive socio-economic and environmental impacts

Project Constraints:

1

That the safe operation of the Hospital will be maintained throughout

2

That the Hospital will be located on the Jersey General Hospital site

3

That additional properties on Kensington Place will be acquired

4

That the Hospital will be operational within 7–8 years

5

That the Hospital will be delivered at a comparable cost to new build site options

6

That some flexibility in Planning Policy will be tested

7

Some operational compromise will be accepted to support the spatial constraints

8

A high-quality new build Hospital will be delivered

9

That there will be support for the release of adequate on-site area

10

That the Hospital will be delivered in one main construction phase

Benefits appraisal

The qualitative benefits of each Option were established through a U.K. H.M. Treasury compliant appraisal process.

These benefits were independently evaluated by stakeholders drawn from across the health  and  social  services  system,  including  clinicians,  user  groups,  key  patient representatives, Primary Care and out of Hospital' providers. This ensured that broad and well-informed consideration was given to how the options would support the new ways of working set out in P.82/2012.

The appraisal concluded that Option 4 – A new build Hospital on the current site and a new build at Westaway Court – provided the greatest level of benefit when compared to Option 3. It also scored significantly better than the mandatory reference Option 1 and Option 2.

Neither Options 1 nor 2 met the Strategic Objectives. In addition, they do not offer any significant opportunity to support the wider transformational expectations of "Health and Social Services: A New Way Forward" (P.82/2012).

The table below indicates the unweighted and weighted benefits results. The Preferred Scheme scores highest in both. Weighted benefits are prioritised to reflect the relative importance of the separate aspects, unweighted benefits do not reflect this relative priority.

 

Table 2 – Summary of benefits against each option

Results

Unweighted Results

Weighted Results

 

Options

Options

 

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Score

39

47

105

117

1.44

1.72

3.88

4.36

Score %

29%

35%

78%

87%

29%

34%

78%

87%

Rank

4th

3rd

2nd

1st

4th

3rd

2nd

1st

Cost appraisal

Capital costs have been developed by Gleeds Management Services as the Project's Technical Advisers.

Revenue costs have been established within a long-term revenue model prepared by EY. These  costs  reflect  the  importance  of  demographic  change  and  performance improvements appropriate to each option.

Net Present Value

U.K. H.M. Treasury Guidance indicates that economic appraisal must consider the full term of a Project. In this case, the appraisal will be based on an 8-year period up to the potential opening of a new Hospital and 60 operational years thereafter.

Net Present Value considers all future costs for the delivery of the Options, but presents these future costs in today's terms, in accordance with best practice.

Costs on a Net Present Value ("NPV") basis calculated over this term indicates that the Preferred Scheme (Option 4) would be the least expensive, followed by Option 3. Options 1 and 2 are the most expensive, as under these options increasing levels of off- Island treatment will become necessary as demand for acute health care increasingly exceeds the capacity of the existing Hospital.

Total NPV representing capital, costs of funding, transitional and revenue costs is set out in the table below –

 

Table 3 – Ranking of Net Present Value Scores by option

Results

Option 1

Option 2

Option 3

Option 4

£M

£M

£M

£M

Total NPV Cost

6,115

5,955

5,461

5,432

Option ranking

4

3

2

1

Value for money assessment

Taking the combined cost and benefit outcomes indicates that the Preferred Scheme (Option 4) continues to offer the best value for money over the economic life of the Hospital. It delivers significantly greater benefits for relatively lower costs over time.

 

Table 4 – Ranking of NPV delivered per Weighted Benefit Score for Options

Options VFM Test

Option 1

Option 2

Option 3

Option 4

£M

£M

£M

£M

Option NPV Cost (£M)

6,115

5,955

5,461

5,432

Option Benefit Points

1.44

1.72

3.88

4.36

NPV cost per weighted benefit point (£M)

4,252

3,458

1,406

1,247

Ranking

4

3

2

1

The Preferred Scheme

Based on this analysis Option 4 – a new build Hospital on part of the current site and a new build support facility at Westaway Court – is the Preferred Scheme. In addition to offering the best value over time, it includes a range of benefits that support future change and improvements in patient experience by creating –

  • an  environment  suitable  for  modern-day  operating  practices,  with  a  high- quality, flexible working environment supporting the most modern and efficient clinical performance;
  • a Hospital designed to support services being planned around the patient and encouraging  greater  integration  between  Hospital,  and  out  of  Hospital' services;
  • better co-location of clinical departments within Ambulatory Care provision and developing one-stop-shop' approaches to care;
  • a safer Interim Hospital;
  • a greater confidence that the Future Hospital can be delivered within planning parameters;
  • a  functionally  appropriate  building  developed  sensitively  within  its surroundings, that architecturally contributes to the quality of the town centre civic realm;
  • clear separation of patients, staff, Public and facilities flow through the building;
  • shared community space offering opportunities for the whole health and social care system;
  • improved management of control of infection;
  • improved opportunities for the provision of private healthcare;
  • accommodation that is fit for purpose, highly flexible and consistent with Islanders' needs for healthcare;
  • a building and supporting infrastructure with flexibility to accommodate future technological and clinical practice change; and
  • the Hospital's design based upon clear objectives that fully embrace and support the health system transformation set out within P.82/2012.

Some cost estimations are not included: for instance, the potential capital receipt or cost of any redevelopment of the remainder of the current General Hospital site, and the longer-term revenue implications of key worker accommodation arrangements. These costs, or income, are a consequence of the new Hospital build rather than a direct cost of construction. These consequential costs are, however, being estimated by the project team and considered by those responsible for this project.

The cost of demolishing or developing the remainder of the existing site not required for the Future Hospital, has not been factored into the £466 million cost estimate. There has been no decision at this time as to what the remainder of the current site might be used for. It may be that the States Assembly use the opportunity to redevelop it. Alternatively, the site could be earmarked for other uses or sold, but until a plan is developed in due course, those costs are outside the current estimate.

Part of the current proposal is to make use of Patriotic Street Car Park to access the new Hospital. The development costs of adding a further 2 levels to the car park have now been worked through and are included in the £466 million. The Car Park Trading Account will be used to fund the general refurbishment of the car park, as originally planned.

  1. The Finance Case

The whole life capital and revenue financial costs associated with the delivery of the Preferred Scheme, such as ongoing lifecycle costs, and equipment replacement, have been estimated and used for planning purposes and as an assessment of affordability. These estimates have been calculated using the expertise of external advisers based on operational modern equivalent Hospitals. We will have further detail on this as we proceed during the feasibility process, but an average annual cost of approximately £10 million after construction has been estimated inclusive of equipment replacement.

Capital costs: expenditure, funding, and affordability

The analysis has shown that the current capital cost estimate falls within the envelope set in P.110/2016, as shown in the table below:

 

Table 5 – Comparison of Capital Costs

Cost description

OBC/current

£m

Works Cost Total

197.25

Works Contingency – Main Scheme

9.71

Fees, equipment and other costs

70.95

Project Cost Total

277.91

Contingency, Risk (Client Contingency)

19.25

Optimism Bias

35.25

Inflation

53.08

Main Hospital Forecast Outturn Cost

385.49

Relocation Works Costs

69.97

Works Contingency – Relocation Schemes

2.59

Client Contingency – Relocation Schemes

3.62

Inflation on relocation works costs

4.19

Relocation works outturn Costs

80.37

Forecast Total Outturn Cost

465.86

Given the current capital cost estimates are within the P.110/2016 capital sum, the capital costs meet the definition of affordability' provided by the States Assembly.

The funding and financing costs for this sum are set out in the Funding Strategy element of this Report.

Revenue costs: expenditure, funding, and affordability

The revenue costs for the Preferred Scheme show increases in funding requirements in future MTFP periods as set out in the table below. The quantum of change in revenue expenditure is largely driven by future changes in demand and not the costs directly associated with the Preferred Scheme. This Report and the OBC do not represent a

funding request, but provide a model to help inform decision-makers. The OBC makes explicit the assumptions upon which the future costs have been predicted.

Hard and Soft Facilities Management Costs (estates, housekeeping, and energy and utilities), largely reflect increases in costs due to the size, and therefore the capacity, of the Future Hospital to meet the demand for more treatments.

The capital expenditure for the Future Hospital and support facility at Westaway Court represent a significant investment by the States of Jersey in the health and well-being of Islanders and the Island's social and built infrastructure.

To maintain the buildings and equipment in a high-quality, fit-for-purpose condition, a change in approach to asset management is needed from the current relatively ad hoc responses to a planned programme of asset maintenance.

Whilst these could be considered additional costs as a result of delivering the Hospital, it is at least, in part, the shortfalls in investment in such lifecycle maintenance that has led to the deterioration of the existing Hospital buildings and the need to replace them.

With regard to the end of MTFP 4 (2027), the analysis indicates that a number of the estimated costs such as those related to clinical services are modelled as funded based on historic approaches. Beyond this point into MTFP 5 changes in funding strategy are less certain. Each will be dependent on affordability and other circumstances at the time of approval.

 

Table 6 – Revenue Costs for the Preferred Scheme

Element

MTFP2

MTPF 3

MTPF 4

MTFP 5

MTFP 6+

Total

2016 – 2019 £m

2020 – 2023

£m

2024 – 2027 £m

2028 – 2031

£m

2032 – 2084

£m

£m

Lifecycle Maintenance (Buildings and Equipment)

16.8

14.7

15.4

42.3

1,491.1

1,580.3

Clinical Services Costs

478.2

568.4

656.4

778.9

52,315.0

54,796.9

Hard and Soft FM Costs

49.5

55.5

82.7

93.1

3,165.8

3,446.6

Off-Site Lease Costs

1.6

5.4

5.7

5.9

201.2

219.8

Other Project Costs

11.9

7.5

1.4

0.4

0.0

21.2

Total

557.9

651.6

761.6

920.6

57,173.0

60,064.7

Whilst the sums needed to operate the new Hospital are substantial and increasing, some are unrelated to the delivery of a new build Hospital. Compared to the "Do Nothing" Option, the revenue costs of implementing the Preferred Scheme would avoid costs in the region of £14 billion between 2016 and 2084.

 

Table 7a – Revenue Cost Comparison Option 1 and Preferred Scheme

 

MTFP 2

MTPF 3

MTPF 4

MTFP 5

MTFP 6+

Total

2016 – 2019

2020- 2023

2024 – 2027

2028 – 2031

2032 – 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Option 1 – Do Nothing

555.1

661.4

783.0

1013.2

71,218.2

74,230.8

Option 4 – Preferred Option

557.9

651.6

761.6

920.6

57,173.0

60,064.7

Difference

(2.8)

9.8

21.4

92.6

14,045.2

14,166.1

Taking into account the capital cost and associated funding financing charges of the preferred scheme shows a slightly reduced but still very significant cost saving of £13.3 billion.

 

Table 7b – Total Cost Comparison Option 1 and Preferred Scheme

 

MTFP2

MTPF 3

MTPF 4

MTFP 5

MTFP 6+

Total

2016 – 2019

2020 – 2023

2024 – 2027

2028 – 2031

2032 – 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Option 1 – Do Nothing

582.9

668.9

791.2

1,021.6

71,357.0

74,421.6

Option 4 – Preferred Option

600.6

869.0

833.0

983.6

57,857.2

61,143.4

Difference

(17.8)

(200.1)

(41.8)

38

13,499.8

13,278.2

Population forecast and sensitivity analysis

The size of the Future Hospital is driven by the forecast demand for treatment. As set out in the Strategic Case, a central scenario of +700 net inward migration has been used to forecast demand and assess the costs and benefits of different options to meet this.

Sensitivity analysis has also been undertaken in relation to variations in the population as set out in the figures below. The scenarios used reflect the population scenarios produced  by the  States of Jersey Statistical Unit. The  analysis  shows that if the population forecast is less than the central +700 inward migration scenario – if, for example, it is +325, the new Hospital will have capacity to meet demand until 2056, a full 10 years more than if the +700 scenario is realised. If, however, the population change is +1,000 or even +1,500, the new Hospital capacity will be reached some years before 2046. As is currently the case, the potential exists to use private beds and other speciality beds to meet adult in-patient demand if this is considered a priority.

  1. The Commercial Case The Site

The Future Hospital will be constructed on a site formed from the vacation and demolition of Peter Crill House and the Gwyneth Huelin Wing, and the demolition of other properties acquired on Kensington Place. This approach allows the existing Hospital functions to operate safely whilst a sufficiently large site can be cleared for the Future Hospital to be constructed in a single phase. This is summarised below –

 

Table 8 – Schedule of components within the site

Footprint area m2

Part of Jersey General Hospital Site – Peter Crill House, Gwyneth Huelin Wing, underground car park and associated curtilage

13,475

Revere Hotel, including Doran's Bistro

3,232

Stafford Hotel

4,396

36-40 Kensington Place

2,292

44 Kensington Place

360

Procurement arrangements

Following a range of supply-chain engagements, a detailed procurement strategy has been developed for delivery of the main construction phase. This is supported by more appropriately scaled strategies for delivery of the enabling schemes and relocation works.

The strategy indicated that procurement of the main contractor would follow the Restricted  Process'  procurement  route  to  ensure  that  the  financial  standing  and technical capability of the main contractors is robustly evaluated. This work has already commenced with the vetting and review of interested contractors underway.

A two-stage tender process is recommended, with the intention of the States of Jersey eventually entering into an NEC 3 ECC Option C – Target Cost contract. This is considered to offer significant benefit in terms of its scope to mitigate risk, to adopt buildability opportunities, and to drive and include aspects of agreed design innovation. It anticipates the following –

  • achieving an early appointment of the main contractor ahead of the completion of design, and potentially achieving a quicker start on site;
  • securing the appointed contractor's pre-contract services' to provide direct construction expertise into the design, into construction sequencing and into sub-contractor selection;
  • retaining greater client involvement in the pre-selection and appointment of sub- contractors;
  • motivating the design and construction team to drive out cost and to drive in value; and
  • transferring  a  greater  degree  of  design  and  other construction  risk  to  the contractor.

The detailed procurement strategies were developed in full consultation with the local, U.K. and international industry and with States of Jersey procurement officers. This has been done to ensure market attractiveness whilst fully reflecting all aspects of the States of Jersey's financial and procurement Regulations.

Programme

The overarching programme sets out the dates and critical path elements required to deliver the Future Hospital. These have been developed through detailed analysis and review by the Technical Adviser, having full regard to the content and nature of each aspect of the work.

 

Table 9 – Programme Miles tones

Date

Full Business Case

September 2018

Property acquisitions

December 2018

Enabling Schemes completion date

April 2019

Demolition

March 2020

Opening of Westaway Court

April 2020

Multi-storey car park Patriotic Street extensions

August 2020

Main Hospital planned completion date

November 2023

Occupation of Main Hospital

March 2024

Granite Block refurbishment

March 2025

Post-Project Evaluation Stage 3

May 2026

Risk apportionment

The  project  team  and  Technical  Adviser,  in  following  industry  standard  Risk Management processes, have managed project risk continuously. A Risk Register has been maintained throughout the project development period. It has been used to inform risk, contingency, and optimism bias pricing within the capital cost profile of the Project.

The Project's risk management approach aims to allocate risk to the party that is best placed to manage it.

The proposed contract strategy reflects this and aims to strike a balance between risk allocation  and  contractor  incentivisation.  The  precise  division  of  what  is  termed gain/pain-sharing will be finalised during target cost agreement that will be completed as part of the main contract resolution.

Planning Permission

An Outline Planning Permission for the Preferred Scheme was submitted at the end of June 2017; the Minister for the Environment confirmed that this application would be the subject of a Public Inquiry, appointed a Planning Inspector and confirmed the date

of this Inquiry to be held in November. Following the Inquiry, the Planning Inspector will produce a report for the Minister who will subsequently determine the outcome of the application.

The enabling projects will be the subject of separate planning applications where they are required to meet with the programme.

  1. The Management Case

Noting the need to both demolish part of the current General Hospital and construct the Future Hospital in close proximity, specific management arrangements have been developed to provide the level of control and safeguarding needed to assure the safe operation of Hospital services. These are set out in the Project Execution Plan ("PEP") used to guide the establishment of organisational arrangements, the resource levels needed to continue to deliver the current General Hospital safely, and the Future Hospital within time, quality, and cost parameters.

Project Teams and Governance

The governance structure acknowledges that the Future Hospital Project forms part of a wider health system transformation being delivered in response to P.82/2012, and notes that close resource and governance integration is needed for successful delivery. The Project and Programme Management Office ("PMO") functions will be established to support the organisational arrangement set out below:

Benefits Realisation

The  Health  and  Social  Services  Department  is  committed  to  realising  significant benefits from the Future Hospital. To achieve this will require the investment of clinical and management resources.

This effort will need to be sustained over an extended period. The Project Team therefore needs to support clinical leads and operational managers to deliver these benefits in the transitional period before the opening of the Future Hospital.

A Benefits Realisation Plan has been prepared and has captured benefits emerging from 2 distinct routes –

The  qualitative  benefits  resulting  from  the  enhanced  capability  and functionality provided by the Future Hospital, which are similar to the benefits delivered  by  any  General  Hospital  of  similar  size  and  scope  in  other jurisdictions.

Wider  quantitative  and  productivity  benefits  emerging  from  an  agreed Interventions  programme'  contextualised  to  the  Island.  This  has  been developed to help implement new ways of working and new clinical models set out in the Acute Service Strategy. This Strategy explicitly acknowledges that the success of the Future Hospital is dependent on how Hospital services work in conjunction with out of Hospital' services, primary care, and the voluntary and community sector across the whole of health and social care.

Stakeholder Engagement

The Stakeholder Engagement Strategy approved by the Project Board in September 2016 anticipated the following 5 project stages –

Site Selection

Investment Decision

Detailed Design Phase Construction and Commissioning Operational Phase.

The Strategy will deliver an Annual Engagement Plan to the Future Hospital Project Board in the quarter preceding the start of each phase. The plan will set out the engagement activities needed to ensure that, throughout the Project, each phase is delivered  effectively,  and  that  appropriate  forms  and  levels  of  engagement  are maintained to secure stakeholder input and feedback.

Change Management

Reporting to the  P.82/2012 Transition Steering Group, the Acute Service Strategy Implementation  Group  will  manage  the  clinical  and  wider  health  system  change required to support the functionality of the Future Hospital by providing –

  • the oversight and implementation of Acute Service Transformation in Jersey, to ensure services are safe, sustainable, affordable, integrated, and delivered in partnership in accordance with P.82/2012;
  • the oversight and implementation of re-designed services (with operational, workforce,  financial  and  clinical  governance  responsibilities)  supporting Clinical Directors and Operational Leads to realise the benefits set out in the Future Hospital OBC;
  • guidance and advice through the existing General Hospital and wider Health and Social Services governance structures.

The Group will add value by identifying and developing links between P.82/2012 work- streams, presenting these opportunities to Clinical Directors and Divisional Leads, and helping to consider and clarify wider system risks to safe, sustainable and affordable acute service delivery in the years ahead.

The group will be led by the Hospital Managing Director, co-ordinated by a Programme Lead, and supported by a project support infrastructure required for an investment of the size described in the OBC.

Contingency Plans

The delivery of the Future Hospital and the management of the Interim Hospital in the period up to and during construction are both identified on the States of Jersey corporate risk register. Significant system wide impacts would be experienced if either of these programmes failed.

The key points of failure would be –

  • significant delay to the opening of the Future Hospital; or
  • failure of the current General Hospital during the design and construction period of the Future Hospital; or
  • demand for services currently provided exceeding the capacity of the current General  Hospital  in  the  interim  period  before  the  opening  of  the  Future Hospital.

Should any of these risks materialise, business continuity actions would need to be undertaken, for example –

  • more delivery of Hospital services off-Island
  • increased waiting lists for elective surgery
  • acceleration of the Future Hospital programme delivery
  • provision of temporary accommodation for Hospital services.

Key Worker Accommodation

With regard to the provision of key worker accommodation lost on the existing site, discussions have been ongoing with Andium Homes Limited, recognising that provision of  accommodation  is  not  a  primary  function  of  the  Health  and  Social  Services Department, and that such matters should be managed by specialists.

In the short term, the property, The Limes', has been transferred to Andium and will provide an interim solution to the key worker accommodation requirements as a result of the need to vacate Westaway Court. Any necessary costs required before the next MTFP are now planned to be covered by the construction budget. These costs were not originally included, as they have emerged as part of the process of planning, as no other source of funding has been identified in this MTFP.

The annual cost of accessing Andium Homes' properties is yet to be decided, but for planning purposes, estimates of approximately £700,000 are being used and once costs are finalised, Health and Social Services will need to consider what growth bid might be required in the next Medium Term Financial Plan (MTFP) 2020 – 2023.

  1. OBC Conclusion

There is a strong case for change in relation to the service and infrastructure of the existing Jersey General Hospital. P.82/2012 made it clear that substantial service re- design was needed if the Island was to be able to respond to the forecast demographic change. With respect to acute services, the opportunity to do this is limited within the existing infrastructure of the current General Hospital.

The most recent independent buildings' condition survey highlighted that much of the General Hospital is structurally deficient. It cannot be reconfigured to meet increasingly demanding modern standards of health care. Patient and staff experience is significantly less than it could and should be.

The States of Jersey commissioned an extensive review of the best location for a new General Hospital.  P.110/2016 determined the need for a new Hospital to be fully functioning by 2023. To achieve this it needed to be built in one phase. Part of the existing General Hospital site, augmented by acquisition of adjacent land, was the preferred site agreed by the States Assembly in December 2016.

Using U.K. H.M. Treasury guidance, this Report has considered 4 options for Future Hospital provision on the preferred site. The Options' appraisal analysis considered the costs and benefits of each of these options against strategic and operational criteria. Option 4, a new build Hospital and a new build support facility at Westaway Court, was the best performing option. It is therefore the OBC Preferred Scheme.

The Preferred Scheme offers benefits over Option 3 by ensuring flexibility of space, providing consistency of room types, reducing the risks associated with retaining the Pathology  Service  on  site  during  construction  works,  delivering  the  best  clinical adjacencies for the ambulatory care model and responding to legacy issues of retaining the Westaway Court tower block.

An analysis of the financial cost of delivering this Preferred Scheme has shown that the upper capital cost condition established in P.110/2016 for the new Hospital can be met.

The analysis shows that the revenue cost associated with delivering the Preferred Scheme are lower by a significant margin when compared to a Do Nothing option. This is in large part driven by the increased cost of off-Island care that would be needed in an Option 1 (Do Nothing) or Option 2 (Do the Minimum) scenarios, given the lack of capacity in the existing Hospital.

The delivery of the Future Hospital as a new build on part of the existing site and a new build support facility at Westaway Court is a significant and complex task for the States of Jersey and the Project Team.

The site constraints, acquisition of additional properties, associated enabling schemes for permanent and temporary relocation of services, the overall scale of investment, and the timeframe for delivery, all combine to highlight the need for strong internal project management,  a  highly  competent  delivery  construction  partner  and  appropriate contracting arrangements.

The combined cost and benefits outcomes indicate that the Preferred Scheme continues to offer the best value for money over the economic life of the Hospital. It delivers significantly greater benefits for relatively lower costs over time.

The project development to date demonstrates the strength of the internal client and consultant team, with the Outline Planning Application submitted in June 2017 based on RIBA Stage 1 design information.

The  delivery  plan  involves  working  with  local  construction  and  non-construction partners to deliver the enabling schemes and working with an off-Island contractor to deliver the main Hospital.

Throughout the design process, the use of Design Quality Indicators ("DQI") and Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Model ("BREEAM") standards will be rigorously adopted, reviewed, and updated to achieve a quality and sustainable design solution across the project.

Significant soft and formal market testing has been undertaken in ways consistent with States  of  Jersey  procurement  requirements.  The  market  response  to  the  Pre- Qualification Questionnaire process for the main Hospital have now been received and evaluated. The responses provide confidence that the project is attractive to contractors and the procurement process will deliver a sufficiently competitive process that will deliver good value for money for the States of Jersey and a strong delivery partner with the capability, expertise, and reliability to deliver the Future Hospital project on time and within budget.

The States of Jersey already has an established governance system to support the project management of major capital investments. However, the scale and complexity of the Future Hospital construction, combined with the transformation of care pathways, requires the strengthening of programme and project management arrangements.

Throughout the build and early delivery phase, a well-proven project management methodology  will  be  adopted  and  implemented  by  the  Project  and  Programme Management Offices ("PMO") for which costs have been allocated in the Project budget. The PMO will be integrated into a governance structure that ensures full transparency and accountability through the Future Hospital Project Board, Political Oversight Group, Council of Ministers and the States Assembly, with regular reporting and approval and other governance processes relating to the Project.

There will be a strong emphasis on continued engagement, with input from stakeholders in and outside the Hospital to ensure the design of the Future Hospital and new means of service delivery within it meet the full range of expectations of these stakeholders.

Consistent with best practice, a  comprehensive  benefits realisation plan has been developed to ensure timely and comprehensive tracking of benefits and evaluation of service change. This has been designed to provide a basis for accounting and reporting to Islanders the benefits resulting from this once-in-a-generation investment in their social, economic and health economy.

The Future Hospital provides an opportunity to crystallise the very best of Jersey in a high-quality and enduring safe, sustainable, and affordable Hospital. It allows the people of Jersey to embody in physical form a special place where special life events happen that is easily accessible to all. It is informed by a core purpose to always be there when Islanders or their families need the care that they cannot always provide for themselves. It is where the skills of Hospital staff can be best used to help Islanders whose illness or injury hinders what they wish to achieve in their lives to allow peaceful deaths or those of their loved ones.

A  Future  Hospital  should  reflect  the  essence  of  what  we  value  most  on  Jersey, representing our community values of caring for each other and caring for ourselves, where the care of patients and their families is at the heart of all we do. It should also indicate in material form evidence that these values are more than just words.

The Future Hospital will be the largest single capital investment in a generation. With this investment comes a responsibility to ensure it provides the best value for money it possibly can. This can only be achieved by providing Hospital and other healthcare services in different ways in the years to come. We must do this as public expectations rise as to what a Hospital can provide when the resources needed to meet these expectations will be increasingly constrained.

The Future Hospital will enable States Members to create a legacy that respects but does not revere the past, by repurposing the oldest part of the current General Hospital and restoring the public realm around the setting of the Granite Block. As importantly, it provides, for Jersey, a new building with a design quality reflecting the optimism with which the Island looks to the future.

The Funding Strategy

When the States approved P.82/2012, Members confirmed the requirement to bring forward detailed plans for a new Hospital.

In the Budget 2014, the States Assembly agreed that transfers from the Strategic Reserve Fund ("the Fund") may be used for the "planning and creation of new Hospital services in the Island".

In the Budgets for 2014 and 2015 the States granted £10.2 million and £22.7 million respectively from the Fund, so as to provide funding for these purposes.

At the time of the Budget 2014, the plan was to develop a dual-site facility combining new build and refurbishment at a then estimated cost of £297 million. The funding strategy was to fund this cost over the period of the development out of returns from the Strategic Reserve Fund, over and above those required to maintain the current value of the Fund's balance at December 2012.

When Senator A.K.F. Green was appointed as Minister for Health and Social Services, the  dual-site  option  was  revisited,  and  in  2016  the  States  Assembly  approved P.110/2016 – "Future Hospital: preferred site".

Given the latest estimate for this proposed development, £466 million, the funding strategy agreed in principle by the States in Budget 2014 was no longer appropriate. It is unlikely that there would be sufficient returns from the Strategic Reserve Fund whilst protecting the capital value over the construction period, therefore this option cannot be relied upon.

In 2016 a funding strategy for the New General Hospital was lodged which set the budget of £466 million and proposed the preferred funding mechanism; a public-rated sterling bond issue, supplemented by existing reserves, with the potential at a later date to use proceeds from the sale of strategic or fixed assets to strengthen reserves.

That proposition was amended by the Corporate Services Scrutiny Panel; its preferred funding mechanism was to pay for the construction from reserves and to replenish the balance of the reserves by means of annually inflated payments from general revenues.

The Council of Ministers agreed it was wise to withdraw the proposed funding strategy until the Outline Business Case ("OBC") for the Hospital was complete, and then to bring the 2 proposals together to the States Assembly for one decision.

A significant amount of work has been ongoing to inform the workforce assessments and plans, to develop a concept design, to develop the proposed procurement strategy and outline planning approach, to tender for a supply-chain construction partner and to commence  the  planning  of  relocation  works,  as  well  as  undertaking  extensive stakeholder and clinical engagement throughout. This work has provided more cost certainty on the construction costs, and the detail within the OBC is intended to provide Members with sufficient information in order to make the decision to invest.

In parallel to the OBC activity, a review of the funding strategy for the new Hospital has also been under way.

The advice the Minister for Treasury and Resources has received from expert advisers and from the Treasury Advisory Panel ("TAP"), suggests a preference for a higher level of borrowing than this funding strategy proposes. However, with States Members' views in mind, and recognising the importance of retaining flexibility for the future, the Minister proposes a lower level of borrowing.

The TAP was not asked to consider any wider issues when making its recommendation. It was asked to concentrate on a recommended funding solution for the Hospital and then on various technical variations on how to borrow, such as asset backed commercial paper and a bond ladder, none of which were deemed suitable for this project.

Cost estimation

A capital cost and cash-flow have been developed and are set out below.

Year Cash Flow  Total 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 TOTAL

£ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £

Works Cost after location factor 197,256,678 0 0 0 2,717,730 42,784,043 68,806,644 61,444,717 21,503,543 0 0 0 0 197,256,678 Risk 9,712,839 0 0 0 133,820 2,106,669 3,388,011 3,025,513 1,058,826 0 0 0 0 9,712,839 Fees 35,627,519 2,315,789 11,578,944 10,821,859 6,234,816 4,676,112 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35,627,519 Non-Works Costs  16,675,668 205,000 11,596,111 100,000 600,000 732,000 2,900,000 542,557 0 0 0 0 16,675,668 Equipment 18,650,035 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,650,035 0 0 0 0 0 18,650,035 Risk 54,486,364 0 0 0 750,693 11,817,836 19,005,815 16,972,299 5,939,722 0 0 0 0 54,486,364 Inflation 53,083,713 60,469 302,346 298,245 1,025,522 7,662,307 15,273,178 21,402,640 7,059,005 0 0 0 0 53,083,713

Main Project Costs 385,492,816 2,376,258 12,086,290 22,716,215 10,962,581 69,646,967 107,205,648 124,395,204 36,103,653 0 0 0 0 385,492,816

Relocation Costs  69,966,901 0 0 52,341,654 6,499,638 2,253,373 734,916 734,916 1,040,081 5,001,326 1,360,997 0 0 69,966,901 Risk  6,213,267 0 0 4,648,093 577,187 200,106 65,263 65,263 92,362 444,132 120,861 0 0 6,213,267 Inflation  4,189,642 862,295 1,351,498 366,201 72,833 1,330,446 206,369 4,189,642

TOTAL COST 465,862,626 2,376,258 12,086,290 80,568,256 19,390,905 72,466,648 108,005,826 125,195,382 37,308,929 6,775,905 1,688,227 0 0 465,862,626

This is still an estimate based on current information, and includes some level of contingency. This is appropriate given the stage of design development.

This budget will be managed in 2 parts. The optimism bias and contingency ("risk") elements will be managed by the Treasury, leaving the delivery team to manage the remaining estimated project costs, including an estimate for inflation. The contingency sums, if and when required, will be accessed through a process of challenge and agreement between the delivery team and the Treasury, as described in the Terms of Reference for the Hospital Construction Fund (see Appendix A). A Financial Direction will be issued to detail how this will work in practice.

Funding options

The scale of this project is unprecedented in Jersey. It is too costly to be funded from the regular annual funds available for the capital programme, so alternative options have to be considered, as they were for Andium's Social Housing programme, and as they were in deciding the previous funding strategy.

When the Budget 2014 was considered, the States was asked to agree to

  • £250 million to provide funding for Andium's Social Housing programme;
  • the use of existing resources to progress the planning and creation of new Hospital services; and
  • use internal borrowing through an infrastructure investment from the Currency Fund to help finance the Sewerage Treatment Works project.

Two of these funding solutions are in place, leaving the long-term Hospital funding outstanding.

At  a  very  basic  level,  there  are  2 broad  options  when  considering  such  funding requirements – use existing reserves or look to external options. The key considerations when assessing internal or external financing are –

  • The scale of financing required – for example, the reserves able to afford £466 million are limited.
  • Costs of the funding solution – it is assumed the new Hospital will not generate significant additional income, so the opportunity cost of using existing reserves and interest costs of external options need to be compared, including how to meet such costs.
  • Repayment requirement – if external debt is used, a sinking-fund or other future funding solution will be required to repay the amount borrowed.
  • Certainty of funds – whether the solution is external or internal funding, the sum of money will need to be ring-fenced to ensure the money is available when required.
  • Debt to Gross Domestic Product ("GDP") – it is important that the Island can demonstrate the strength of its economy relative to other jurisdictions and its ability to repay debt. Debt to GDP is a widely recognised metric for investors who are assessing a country's ability to meet its liabilities and therefore its economic strength.
  • Currency required – it is difficult to predict with certainty which currency will be needed to pay for building the new Hospital until a provider has been decided upon. As a funding strategy is required ahead of any contracts being in place, it is assumed at this stage that the majority of costs incurred will be in Sterling and that any hedging considerations will be made at a later date, as construction plans become clearer.

Option 1 – Using Existing Reserves

The current policy on the use of the Strategic Reserve Fund capital balance is restricted to exceptional circumstances caused by severe structural decline or major natural disaster, or specifically in relation to the Bank Depositors Compensation Scheme (limited to £100 million).

In the Budget 2014, the States Assembly approved an amendment to the Strategic Reserve Fund policy such that "the Fund may be used for the planning and creation of new Hospital services in the Island".

The funding strategy proposed here varies that existing decision and asks that the Fund may also be used for providing the financing and transaction costs of any borrowing for this project.

The States agreed as part of the 2015 Budget that the capital value of the Strategic Reserve should be maintained at the real terms value of the balance at the end of 2012, which  was £651 million. This  means  the  protected amount increases  annually by RPI(Y). The Budget 2015 report described how the envisaged cost of the new Hospital could be met from the Strategic Reserve Fund over the 10 years of development.

The 2016 – 2019 MTFP assumes returns for the Strategic Reserve Fund will generate, on average, 2% above RPI(Y). In 2016, the return was 13.6%, 11.7% over inflation. This is a possible source of part funding, however, the 2016 – 2019 MTFP already earmarks a proportion of the excess income for other purposes: £56.7 million in 2016, net £50.3 million in 2017, and a further £16 million in 2018. As a result of higher income tax receipts in 2016, the £16 million in 2018 is no longer proposed. A repayment of £20 million is currently planned in 2019. The remaining excess above the capital protected value at that point is estimated at £157 million, based upon a long-term average return of 2% above inflation.

The MTFP projections did not include withdrawals from the Fund for the construction of the Hospital, and further withdrawals are likely to reduce returns.

These simple projections serve only to review the high-level feasibility of funding the Hospital construction entirely through the excess returns of the Strategic Reserve Fund. Based on simple assumptions, the shortfall in funds can be seen in the graph below. The blue line shows the total value of the fund; the gold line shows the protected capital value target as it would be maintained in real terms.

With planned drawdowns and Hospital costs, there would not be sufficient excess returns by 2020. This would require significant contributions out of protected capital value. The Strategic Reserve Fund balance would not return to a level above its Capital value until 2041.

The Strategic Reserve Fund would be most affected in 2024; the deficit against the protected capital value of £868 million is estimated at £230 million.

Before deciding whether or not to use the Strategic Reserve Fund to fund the Hospital build, the opportunity cost and forgone investment returns needs to be considered.

Furthermore at present, borrowing is significantly cheaper than the historic returns on the Strategic Reserve Fund. It would be prudent in this situation to use debt rather than drawdown on reserves.

In these uncertain times, making a decision now to use the Strategic Reserve Fund solely to fund the Hospital construction would compromise the Government's flexibility.

Option 2 – External Financing

There are a number of options available to obtain external financing, including –

  • Rated Public Sterling Bond
  • Retail Bond
  • Private Placement Bond
  • Bond Ladder
  • Asset Backed Commercial Paper
  • Project Finance
  • Bank Finance

Rated Public Sterling Bond

Rated public sterling bonds are priced with reference to benchmark "risk free" rates, for example U.K. Gilts. U.K. Gilts are bonds issued by the U.K. government and viewed as low-risk investments that carry as close as you can get to a watertight guarantee repayment. Benchmark rates are at historic lows, offering an opportunity to those wanting long-term fixed rated debt at record low coupon rates.

Investors' appetite for bonds will depend on a clear communication of the credit position, a well-structured marketing process, and an appropriately priced and sized offering. Advice shows that the public bond market continues to show appetite for high grade sovereign and sub-sovereign issuers, Jersey's credit rating of AA- would be an example of a high grade sovereign issuer.

Typical investors in public bonds are large sophisticated institutions. The issuance size of  £250 million  to  £275 million  provides  comfort  over  the  secondary  markets  to investors and is considered to be benchmark sized issuance. Issuances below the benchmark are likely to attract a small premium.

Bonds can be issued for a variety of periods (tenor) and open up the opportunity to borrow over long periods of time.

Bonds can be openly traded after issuance, resulting in changes to holders. Investors will want access to secondary markets liquidity through the bond's inclusion in one or more indexes. Bonds that are liquid and regularly traded tend to attract tighter pricing, as they provide greater opportunities for holders to sell the bonds, in the secondary market, if required. The existing £250 million Jersey bond is listed on The International Stock Exchange' (formally the Channel Islands Stock Exchange).

Bond issuances of smaller amounts can be achieved by "tapping" an existing bond on exactly the same terms and conditions. With the bond's coupon set already (at the point of original issue), the price investors pay on any tap issue, could be above or below par (100) based on prevailing interest rates. As such, investors could pay more than the face

value of the bond (as would be the case at the current time). So with a tap of £150 million you could raise, say £185 million, depending on Gilt yields and prevailing secondary credit spreads at the time of issue.

Furthermore, investors may have less appetite to participate in a tap issue due to maturity concentration risk, with tap issues often triggered by reverse enquiry demand from selected investors rather than primary issuance requirements by the borrower (where new  benchmark  issuance  is  invariably  undertaken).  A  tap  issue  would  be  sized appropriately based on the desired net proceeds required from any such process.

There is a cost of carry risk associated with holding the full value of any bond receipt until such time as the cash-flows are required. This can be managed by holding the receipts in safe assets and not looking to realise a significant return on the money held.

Retail Bond

Retail bonds target retail, or private, investors in contrast to Public bonds bought by institutions.  Such  a  bond  would  allow  Jersey  residents  to  invest  in  the  Hospital development whilst enjoying an attractive return. Issuance volumes have been steady over the last 2 years, but the majority of the new issuances have been for amounts of less than £100 million.

Such issuances are also predicted to be costlier than a Sterling public bond alternative and would not provide sufficient funding in one issuance.

There is a requirement to have an active relationship with investors, and those investors are likely to be "unsophisticated" in investment and regulatory parlance as they may well be first-time investors, requiring greater protection.

Private Placement

Private placements have become more popular in recent years due to the lack of long- dated bank debt at competitive pricing. Private placements are typically sold directly to one  or  more  sophisticated  institutional  buyers,  such  as  U.S.  or  U.K.  insurance companies.  U.K.  institutions  contribute  a  significantly  smaller  liquidity  pool than U.S. domiciled equivalents, but a large number of U.K. companies are active in this market.

Private placements are not exchange traded, so they generally attract an illiquidity premium. However, they are not rated and are usually not subject to any ongoing public disclosures, but will have a direct ongoing relationship with the issuer. Financial covenants that require the issuer to remain in compliance with certain ratios can be a typical feature of a private placement, unlike rated public sterling bonds.

Only a limited number of sovereigns and sub-sovereigns have issued in the private placement market, which suggests a higher level of execution risk than the other options. Private placements also typically price wider than issuance in the rated public bond markets.

Bond ladder with all maturities issued at the outset

This type of debt raises the full amount at inception but sees the debt quantum raised across a number of different maturities. The bonds can have lower individual issuance costs and may not require bond-level credit ratings if issued privately. Total issuance costs may exceed the issuance costs of a (larger) single public benchmark bond issue.

The disadvantage is that the overall interest cost is less certain than the simpler public bond.

This is due to 2 factors –

  • firstly, the credit spread over the underlying gilt rate will be higher for each individual bond due to the smaller issuance size;
  • secondly, there is ongoing re-finance risk if the returns on the Strategic Reserve are insufficient to repay individual bonds in the ladder as they mature, as the alternative funding solution will be to re-issue another bond (at an unknown market rate).

In addition, there will be a smaller pool of potential investors (as these individual bonds are unlikely to be of a size to warrant inclusion in any indexes), and they may impose restrictions and covenants, thereby reducing further the flexibility of the States to manage its reserves (e.g. re-financing the maturing bonds if needed).

Asset backed commercial paper

Typically, this type of financing is used by corporations and banks to manage their short- term cash-flow requirements (liquidity).

This is not considered a viable alternative for long-dated projects such as this project because of the exposure to market liquidity risk, a risk over which the States of Jersey has no control. In addition, should interest rates rise, so too will the ongoing costs associated with servicing this type of debt.

To raise funding through this method, we have been advised that the full value of the Strategic Reserve would need to be collateralised at a level higher than for traditional assets due to the significant level of equity holdings. Advice received has suggested that the level of the Strategic Reserve would be insufficient to provide sufficient collateral to raise the level of debt required. Furthermore, with the full value of the Strategic Reserve committed, it would be no longer available for its primary purpose.

Project Finance

A secure finance facility could be tailored for the construction of the new General Hospital where funding profiles match the cash requirements of the project limiting, in theory, any negative cost of carry.

A typical project finance structure involves a special purpose vehicle ("SPV") being set up as the borrowing entity as well as the contracting entity for the construction contracts. A guarantee from the States of Jersey to the SPV could help reduce the cost of the debt, although project finance structuring is likely to be more expensive in pure funding cost

terms. It can provide other qualitative benefits such as ongoing maintenance or facilities management, although that has not been tested in a Jersey environment.

To obtain an appropriate tenor (>25 years) for the project financing an associated bond issuance is likely to be required. With that in mind, the benefit of matching funding to cash-flows is no longer there and the negative cost of carry becomes an issue again. This adds cost of carrying risk as well as complexity in arrangement and execution.

Examples of such structures are, Private Finance Initiatives ("PFI") which were widely used by the U.K. government. They now have a Public-Private Partnerships ("PPP") programme with a more collaborative approach on risk and reward.

Another  financing  arrangement  that  has  been  considered  is  a  sale  and  buy  back arrangement. This is an off-balance sheet financing arrangement in which an owner sells an asset or property to an investor or lender on a cash-basis, and immediately buys it back on a long-term mortgage basis, often index-linked, to retain possession, title, and use. The highest risk with this method is whether it is cost-effective, and when applied to a bespoke building such as a Hospital, whether the cost is indicated to be higher than existing borrowing rates.

No construction project is risk-free, but risks can be managed or transferred. This funding  option could  be  considered  an  effective  way  of  removing  yourself from construction risk; however, by transferring the construction risk to another you will lose a significant amount of control in what is constructed and how. It is acknowledged, however that risks should be shared wherever possible, and doing so through contracts is the way to achieve the best outcome.

Bank Finance

Traditional bank finance is accessed by sovereign entities, but it is more common for those with weaker credit profiles which cannot therefore easily access capital markets. Typically the tenor is much shorter in bank financing compared to debt financing.

Bank financing is more flexible in terms of drawdowns and could be part of a funding solution, but is unlikely to be a standalone solution and carries other risks if the rate is not fixed.

Summary of external funding options

Recommended Funding Strategy

The Treasury and Resources Department engaged with external expert advisers to assist in evaluate the financing options.

After careful consideration of the options available, the recommended funding strategy for the construction of a new General Hospital with a budget of up to £466 million brings together a number of sources into what is known as a blended solution. This would include a further public-rated sterling bond issue, supplemented by existing reserves, with the potential at a later date to use proceeds from the sale of strategic or fixed assets to repay at least some of the withdrawals from reserves.

It is important that options are kept under review and that the right strategy is deployed at the right time. It is important to recognise that the recommended approach may change to allow flexibility. Circumstances are unlikely to change drastically, but it is always possible and it is essential that some flexibility is available to adjust accordingly.

The recommendation to choose external debt is largely driven by the record low levels of debt costs and the need to create certainty of that cost over a long time-period. A financial assessment has been carried out by the Treasury, working with our financial advisers EY, to consider what the cost of borrowing might be compared with a forecast, long-term return on existing reserves, and also taking into account the impacts of differing debt levels.

After consultation with the independent investment advisers for the States, an assumed return of RPI(Y) + 2% on the Strategic Reserve is reasonable over the long term.

Analysis was carried out to look at historical returns on the Strategic Reserve Fund. The average return on the Fund since 1986 is 8.1%. In 1988 the return was 19.9%, being the highest return achieved. In more recent times, 9.6 % was achieved in 2012, 14.1% in 2013 and 13.6% in 2016.

The Treasury's financial advisers have been helping to assess the estimated price of a fixed-rate  Sterling  Public  Bond,  which  is  estimated  at  2.64%  to  2.74%  as  at 24th October 2017.

So by borrowing at historically low rates of interest, the States can leave existing reserves  in  place,  under  investment,  generating  returns  in  excess  of  the  cost  of borrowing.

Borrowing  requires  servicing  (annual  coupon)  and  eventually  repayment.  In  a commercial  environment  such  an  investment  would  be  expected  to  make  returns sufficient to service and repay the debt. Whilst the public sector is not a "for profit" organization, often we would be looking ideally for improved income to service the debt, as in the case of the Affordable Housing Bond. This is not the case with the new Hospital.

The cost of debt is currently so low compared to the estimated income on the Strategic Reserve Fund, that it also allows for the cost of borrowing and the debt repayment to be funded from the excess returns on the Strategic Reserve, and to maintain the capital value, as shown in the following graph, assuming a bond of £275 million.

The model assumes an average long-term return of 5% per annum; over the short term there could be volatility around this long-term average.

This graph shows the capital value of the Fund, in blue, growing over time by inflation. The graph also shows how the excess returns, in red, are affected by the MTFP drawdowns in the early years, and clearly shows the risks to the capital value in the early years and the dip in 2057 when the principal sum, assumed at £275 million, would be repaid for a 40-year bond.

This pictorially demonstrates the strength in the Fund in the long term and reiterates the need to consider this funding strategy over the whole period of the borrowing.

In 2015 a new fiscal framework, R.107/2015, was established for the Medium Term Financial Plan 2016 – 2019 and beyond. This update demonstrated how the previous framework recommendations had been considered and how fiscal decisions needed to be made in the future both in the short and longer terms.

The framework recognises the limitations set in the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 around  borrowing  and  lending,  and  commented  that  whilst  no  changes  were recommended at that stage, it did state that they should be kept under review to make sure they did not constrain fiscal policy decisions. As pointed out by the Fiscal Policy Panel (FPP) –

"a  number  of  existing  rules  and  legislation  such  as  that  covering  the Consolidated Fund and limits on what the States can borrow and lend, still run the risk of being counterproductive in certain circumstances. For example the conservative limits on what the States can borrow could stop, or delay, large capital projects".

The following table demonstrate the levels of borrowing available under Article 21(3) of the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005

 

2016 Outturn £'000

Income Tax

487,965

GST

84,798

Island Rates

12,141

Impots

58,410

Stamp Duty and LTT

30,305

Long Term Care Charge

18,008

Total 'Income Derived from Taxation' per Article 21 691,627

 

 

2015 External Borrowing *

243,198

Total 'Borrowing' per Article 21 243,198

 

 

Balance to Borrowing limit set by Article 21(3) 448,429

 

 

Total of SoJ Guaratees ** 19,890

 

 

Balance to Borrowing limit after Guarantees 428,539

 

 

* Notes from 2016 Accounts: The unsecured Housing Bond was issued at £243,772,500 (nominal amount of £250 million, issued at a discount) with a coupon rate of 3.75%, and a final maturity of 40 years, with a final instalment to be repaid in 2054.

* Excludes £23.328 million SoJDC bank borrowings for 2016

 

 

** Includes student loans and other guarantees

 

This calculation is presented in accordance with advice received, and demonstrates that there is clear water for borrowing levels to be increased by the proposed funding strategy,  within  the  existing  financial  framework  restraints.  Borrowing  limits  are expected to be considered as part of a complete review of the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 ahead of the next Medium Term Financial Plan.

The States of Jersey has low levels of debt compared with most governments across the world. The current ratio of debt to GDP is 6%. This has been used to demonstrate Jersey's  economic  position  of  strength  for  some  time  now.  If  further  debt  of £275 million was entered into, that would increase the ratio to 13%. By comparison, Australia's debt to GDP rate is 41% and the U.K. rate is 89%. So increasing our debt to this level still leaves Jersey in a very strong economic position.

There are ongoing costs of issuing a bond. These costs are to be met from the excess returns on the Strategic Reserve. These costs include not only the coupon, but also ongoing listing costs of the International Stock Exchange, ongoing and set-up costs, and other administrative costs.

The size of the new issuance needs to consider a number of things, including –

  • appetite from investors
  • the annual cost of the coupon
  • any effect on Standard & Poor's rating for Jersey.

There is a demand for long-dated, high-credit sovereign debt by institutions that have similar characteristic liabilities. This means that there is likely to be sufficient interest in a 30- or 40-year public-rated bond which has a low coupon rate, as it still provides yield to investing institutions.

As well as the low cost of borrowing, low levels of interest put pressure on the possible return that the equivalent sum of money can achieve through investment. There is an argument that using existing reserves is the solution on the basis of low levels of opportunity cost; however, the £250 million – £275 million would need to return less than the coupon rate for that to be preferable. With the current strategy for the Strategic Reserve Fund, a higher percentage total return is expected than predicted coupon costs over that period of time.

With the cost of raising debt at such historically low levels, it is sensible to borrow the majority of the funding needed, leaving reserves to finance the cost of the debt and to maintain flexibility in such uncertain times.

The coupon cost for a bond of up to £275 million is likely to be an amount that can be financed over the long term without the need for further taxes or charges, although there is always the possibility that things may change in the medium or longer term. It is assumed that no further withdrawals being made for other purposes.

The Minister for Treasury and Resources' policy remains to strengthen the size of reserves by considering the sale of strategic assets or significant property.

The modelling work done by the Treasury and reviewed by advisers demonstrates that bond financing costs should be affordable from excess returns on the Strategic Reserve. If income tax receipts were to fall to a level where further withdrawals were necessary from the Strategic Reserve, there may not be sufficient excess returns in every year and there may be a need to use the capital value in the short term to fund the coupons. This use of the capital value of the Strategic Reserve would then be repaid when sufficient excesses are achieved.

Other ways of paying for the debt may be used such as a further savings target, use of part of the capital allocation, further asset sales or other revenue-raising measures as a last resort.

The model produced by the Treasury uses an investment return assumption of RPI(Y) + 2% and the RPI(Y) assumption used is 3% equating to a 5% long-term return.

Over the long term, this return is viewed as reasonable. We have looked back to 1986, when the Strategic Reserve was created, to assess whether we have achieved that target, and on average we have exceeded RPI (and RPI (Y) since 2000), when this adjusted figure was first measured) by 4%. However, the target was not met every year. In the years 2001 to 2003, the target was missed by very a small margin of less than 1%, but in 2008 and 2011 the target was not met by a larger margin. During that period the target was also exceeded by some large amounts; in 1988 the target was exceeded by 16.3%; in 1998 the target was exceeded by 9.7%; and in 2013 by 12%.

This analysis makes it clear that a longer-term view is necessary, and some capital may need to be used to smooth years during which under-performance results in returns not meeting the target assumed.

Advice from the Treasury's investment advisers, Aon Hewitt, has been sought in order to test our target and to further assess assumptions being used. Its analysis assumed that the current strategy would remain in place over the long term and had prudently assumed market  returns  from  assets.  It  believes  that  investment  returns  are  likely  to  be challenging in the short term, but have advised that over the longer term, i.e. the likely term of the bond, there is a higher likelihood that returns will be stronger and that our target figures seem reasonable.

This is also the view of the Treasury Advisory Panel.

From this data it should be assumed that the target return may not be met each and every year, and that it may be necessary to use the capital value in those years. This would then be repaid once returns are sufficient to so do. In the longer run, previous years' out- performance would provide some protection of the capital value.

The Hospital Construction Special Fund

The terms of reference for the Fund are attached as Appendix A to this report. In addition to the Terms of Reference, a Financial Direction will also be issued which will describe how funding will be drawn down from the Strategic Reserve to the Hospital Construction  Fund.  £23.6 million  is  already  in  the  Consolidated  Fund  and  is  the remaining balance from allocations in previous budgets. This money will be used first.

Once  the  money  from  the  Consolidated  Fund  and  the  bond  issuance  have  been exhausted, the residual funding will be drawn from the Strategic Reserve excess returns, to complete the project. If a strategic asset or property asset is sold in the meantime, proceeds may be used to strengthen the Strategic Reserve.

Funding Strategy Conclusion

After careful consideration of the options available, the recommended funding strategy for the construction of a new General Hospital with a budget of up to £466 million brings together a number of sources into what is known as a blended solution. This would include a further public-rated sterling bond issue, supplemented by existing reserves, with the potential at a later date to use proceeds from the sale of strategic or fixed assets to further strengthen reserves.

This allows the States to take advantage of the historically low cost of borrowing, whilst providing certainty over the cost of servicing that debt. The blended solution provides the protection to the Strategic Reserve, allowing it to continue to grow and provide sufficient returns to pay the debt interest.

This solution provides flexibility and allows the Strategic reserve to be available for alternative uses if necessary. For example, in times of crisis, national emergency or severe economic recession, funds will remain readily available without having to resort to borrowing (if at all possible) at an unfavourable time on unfavourable terms.

The proposition has been constructed in a way that allows a small level of flexibility in the final decision. It is essential that the Minister for Treasury and Resources has the authority and support of the Assembly to make the right decision at the right time, based upon professional advice.

The timing of any debt issuance needs to be carefully considered. The market conditions may well be different from now, when the process of issuing the bond has concluded and the deal is to be done. Decisions such as the length of the borrowing period (tenor) need to be made after the potential investors have been visited and their preferred tenor considered. The TAP will be providing advice on these matters.

The pricing at the time of execution will be key to decide at what level and duration the bond would be issued.

At this time, accepting that no solution is without risks, the expected way forward would be to issue debt of up to £275 million for 30 – 40 years, in the first half of 2018, and to hold those proceeds in the Strategic Reserve prior to being drawn down into a newly constituted Special Fund as set up to facilitate and manage the funding requirements around the new General Hospital construction, up to the proposed £466 million total expenditure limit for the Hospital.

The Minister for Treasury and Resources will report back to the Assembly in 2018, once any bond has been issued, to update Members on decisions made and the outcome of those decisions.

Collective responsibility under Standing Order 21(3A)

The Council of Ministers has a single policy position on this proposition, and as such, all Ministers, and the Assistant Minister for Treasury and Resources, are bound by the principle of collective responsibility to support the proposition, as outlined in the Code of Conduct and Practice for Ministers and Assistant Ministers (R.11/2015 refers).

Financial and manpower implications

Workforce plans for each of the key services that will operate within the Future Hospital inform the workforce proposals within the Outline Business Case. These forecast requirements reflect complementary workforce plans for services that operate outside the Hospital in Community and Social Services, in Family Nursing and Home Care, and in Primary Care. Successful delivery of the Acute Service Strategy within the Future Hospital is as much reliant on services provided outside the Hospital as it is on the improvements enabled within it. The forecast revenue costs incorporate the impact of proposed changes to the workforce within the Preferred Scheme, which are set out in detail in the Outline Business Case.

An indicative capital budget of up to £466 million is proposed to fund the cost of developing the Preferred Scheme. The cost estimate incorporates all main works to the main Hospital, together with all related relocation and enabling works and associated fees. At this stage of design development, this cost estimate for the main Hospital is based  on  area-based  assumptions  and  follows  the  Health  Premises  Cost  Guides ("HPCG") budgeting methodology.

The budget estimates for costs not falling within the main Hospital are based on the most appropriate cost estimates drawing on relevant external advice. The costs include works required to re-purpose the Granite Block, but not any other legacy buildings for non-clinical use.

Some key cost estimations are not included within the £466 million proposed budget, including  the  cost  implications  of  key  worker  accommodation  arrangements,  for example, which will require further assessment.

The Outline Business Case (Economic Case) sets out forecast revenue cost for the Preferred Scheme over the period to completion of the project and during the period of operation. These estimates will be used to inform requests to the next and future MTFP funding cycles.

There would be no manpower implications with the funding strategy, as all associated work, other than external advisory work, would be managed within existing resources.

The financial implications of the strategy can be divided into 2 distinct areas: the one- off costs of delivering the solution, and the ongoing costs associated with the solution.

One-off costs

There are a number of upfront fees associated with a public bond issuance.

There is a small range of advisers that the States of Jersey will need to appoint, in a competitive manner, in addition to our main Adviser.

The roles for which appointments will be made at the start of the issuance process include –

  • Bookrunner(s) –  Responsibilities  are  numerous,  with  main  roles  including production of investor presentation, arranging roadshow logistics, marketing to potential investors, bookbuilding and documentation, including the Prospectus (which is the main Offering Document to potential investors).
  • Legal  adviser:  Responsibilities  of  legal  advisers  include  the  drafting  of documentation. Documents that will require legal input include –
  • the Prospectus, which will be signed off by the appropriate Listing Authority.
  • the  Subscription  Agreement,  which  is  a  relatively  standard  legal agreement between the States of Jersey and the bookrunners, covering the terms on which the bond will be issued and the representations and warranties of all parties;
  • the Trust Deed, which is a legal agreement with the Trustee, setting out the limit of empowerment to act for the bondholders as a group;
  • the Agency Agreement, which will be the agreement between the States of Jersey and the Paying Agent; and
  • the Auditors' Comfort Letter, which gives the underwriting banks comfort that the Prospectus is accurate, and is usually a standard form letter.
  • Legal  advisers  will  be  required  for  both  the  States  of  Jersey  and  the bookrunner(s).
  • Paying Agent: usually one of the bookrunners, who will be responsible for the disbursement of funds in connection with the bond, will act as Paying Agent. The paying agent will receive coupon payments from the States of Jersey, and pass on to the holders of the bonds.
  • Trustee: again, usually one of the bookrunners will take the role of trustee. The trustee sees that bond interest payments are made as scheduled, and protects the interests of the bondholders if the issuer defaults. The trustee is responsible for the registration, transfer and payment of bonds.

Trustee legal adviser: Legal counsel will be required for the trustee.

The total cost for the previous bond issuance was £1.5 million. At this stage, a range of £1.25 million to £1.5 million is a preliminary estimate from our advisers and these costs will reflect the size of any bond.

Ongoing costs

In addition to the upfront costs there is a small number of fees which are ongoing for the life of the bond. These are a fee to the Trustee and Paying Agent and the International Stock Exchange Listing, which would incur annual fees of approximately £1,000 per debt security.

There will also be the financing costs of any debt issuance over the life of the bond. For planning  purposes  this  has  been  estimated,  assuming  a  £275 million  bond,  at £7.2 million per annum. This is planned to be paid from the excess returns from the Strategic Reserve.

The cost of any hedging arrangements is not included in the advised cost estimates. Advice of TAP is currently to hedge, but a strategy will be finalised once a decision of the Assembly has been made.

APPENDIX A

Special Fund Hospital Construction Fund

The Hospital Construction Fund is established as a "Special Fund" in accordance with Article 3(3)(a) of the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 ("the Law") which enables the States, on a proposition lodged by the Minister for Treasury and Resources, to establish a "Special Fund" for specific purposes.

  1. The purpose of the Hospital Construction Fund

1.1  The purpose of the Hospital Construction Fund ("the Fund") is:

  1. to facilitate the construction and fitting-out and associated costs of the Preferred Scheme for the Jersey General Hospital Project (the Preferred Scheme) as defined in the Future Hospital Outline Business Case approved by the States; and
  2. to  receive  the  following  funding  sources  to  secure  the  "Preferred Scheme" as defined in (a) above –
  1. transfers from the Strategic Reserve Fund*;
  2. transfers, including capital grants, from the Consolidated Fund;
  3. returns generated from cash held in the Hospital Construction Fund prior to being spent on the "Preferred Scheme";
  4. any other income deemed specific to the "Preferred Scheme" and approved by the Treasurer of the States.
  1. The powers and limitations of the Fund
  1. As a Special Fund, the purpose of "the Fund" can only be varied by the States on a proposition lodged by the Minister for Treasury and Resources.
  2. Money held in "the Fund" will not form part of the annual income of the States nor the Consolidated Fund balance.
  3. Only those costs, as approved by the States Assembly and associated with the "Preferred Scheme" can be met out of "the Fund".
  4. The  Hospital  Construction  Fund  will  be  maintained  until  the  "Preferred Scheme" is complete. Upon the winding up of the Fund any balance remaining in it shall be transferred to the Strategic Reserve Fund*.
  5. The operation of the Fund must be in line with the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 and States financial directions as appropriate (including any that the Treasurer of the States, with the approval of the Minister for Treasury and Resources, may issue specifically for this Fund).
  1. Those empowered to carry out actions on behalf of the Fund
  1. The  Minister  for  Infrastructure  has  overall  political  responsibility  for  the delivery of the "Preferred Scheme"; this will include reporting to the States and answering  questions  at  a  political  level  on  all  aspects  relating  to  the construction,  fitting-out  and  associated  costs  of  the  new  facility,  and  for ensuring that the project progresses on time and within the approved maximum expenditure limit.
  2. The  Minister  for  Treasury  and  Resources  has  political  responsibility  for ensuring the availability of funding for this project and for the investment of any cash held within the Hospital Construction Fund.

In order to maximise investment returns any sum borrowed will be paid into the Strategic Reserve Fund, will remain there, and only be released in line with specified  trigger  points  in  a  cash-flow  funding  statement  agreed  by  the Treasurer of the States.

  1. The  Minister  for  Treasury  and  Resources  also  has  responsibility  for  the management of the "Risk Allocation" of the approved funding, which includes that required to fund "Optimism Bias and Contingencies" for the project. The Treasurer of the States will issue, with the approval of the Minister for Treasury and Resources, a Financial Direction on the process for the management and release of funds from the Risk Allocation.
  2. The Minister for Treasury and Resources has responsibility under the Public Finances Law (Jersey) 2005 for appointing an Accounting Officer for the Fund.
  3. The Accounting Officer is –
  • personally accountable for the proper financial management of the Fund, which includes ensuring that payments from the Fund are progressed in line with States' approvals and that the Fund is administered in a prudent and economical manner;
  • responsible for ensuring that proper control and assurance frameworks exist;
  • responsible for ensuring that systems are in place to manage risk and all inflationary increases related to the project.
  1. The Accounting Officer can delegate functions to others, but will remain personally accountable. In order to ensure that good governance and control of the project is achieved, any delegation must be documented in a Scheme of Delegation.
  2. The Comptroller and Auditor General ("C&AG") has a duty under Article 11 of the Comptroller and Auditor General (Jersey) Law 2014 to provide the States with  independent  assurance  that  the  public  finances  of  Jersey  are  being regulated, controlled, supervised and accounted for in accordance with the Law. This duty extends to the Hospital Construction Fund.
  1. Control of Expenditure from the Hospital Construction Fund
  1. The Accounting Officer has responsibility for the Budget and expenditure relating to the main project (which excludes the "Risk Allocation").
  2. The  Minister  for  Treasury  and  Resources  will  be  responsible  for  the authorisation and release of monies allocated in the "Risk Allocation". Once a request  for  funding  from  the  "Risk  Allocation"  has  been  approved,  any expenditure becomes the responsibility of the Accounting Officer.
  3. Details of all approvals from the "Risk Allocation" will be subject to approval and will be reported to the Council of Ministers and States in line with Section 6.
  1. Release  of  Funds  from  the  Strategic  Reserve  Fund  to  the  HospitalConstruction Fund
  1. Funding, including the borrowing for the "Preferred Scheme", will be held and invested in the Strategic Reserve Fund and released to the Hospital Construction Fund on the following basis.
  2. Funding related to the main contract – the Accounting Officer, as part of the contract acceptance process, will be required to prepare a cash-flow funding statement for the project which must be issued to the Treasurer of the States. Based on this information, the Accounting Officer and Treasurer will agree that once certain trigger points within the contract have been reached, specified financial transfers will be made from the Strategic Reserve Fund to the Hospital Construction Fund. The Accounting Officer will be responsible for ensuring that the Treasurer is kept fully informed of any issues that may affect these trigger points. The Treasurer will be responsible for ensuring that transfers are made.
  3. Funding related to "Risk" – once a request from the "Risk Allocation" has been approved, funding will be released in line with the cash-flow funding statement submitted by the Accounting Officer.
  1. Reporting arrangements
  1. Six-monthly update reports will be presented, firstly to the Council of Ministers and then to the States, within 2 months of the relevant 6-month period end, on the progress of the construction, until its completion and thereafter until a final account position is reached for all elements of the project. These will include details  of  projected  costs  against  estimated  costs,  and  projected  costs  to completion, including detail of funding approved from the "Risk Allocation". The report will also detail transfers approved from the Strategic Reserve Fund to the Hospital Construction Fund.
  2. Details of the Hospital Construction Fund will be included in the published States of Jersey Annual Financial Statement.

*These areas are subject to amendments to the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 that will be brought forward to the States by the Minister for Treasury and Resources.

APPENDIX B

Jersey Future Hospital Project

Outline Business Case

ISSUE DATE 26/10/2017

CLIENT:  PROJECT NUMBER:  VERSION NUMBER:  ISSUING COMPANY: THE STATES OF JERSEY  BLMS0418 NEW HOSPITAL  OBC TEMPLATE CD  GLEEDS ADVISORY

PROJECT  FINAL ISSUE

1. Document Control

 

Version

Date Issued

Summary of Changes

Author

V1 – V9

Not for issue

Initial document configuration pre- Options agreement

N Aubrey

V10

BCRG Only

Limited circulation- checkpoint for structure only

N Aubrey

V10,1

BCRG only

Updated to include 1st draft Management case

N Aubrey

TV10.2 - v2

8/9/17

Strategic case update

N Aubrey

TV10.2 - v3

15/9/17

Case for change update and incorporation of feedback

N Aubrey

Converged Draft v1

19/09/17

Converged draft based on cases issued on 15th Sept for BCRG review

N Aubrey

Converged draft v2

22/09/17

Converged draft based on cases issued on 20th Sept for BCRG review

N Aubrey

Converged draft v2A

22/09/17

Correct version of Management case appended

N Aubrey

Converged draft v2B

25/09/17

Generated following BP & MP page turn

M Penny

Converged draft v3

26/09/17

Revised draft incorporating V2 Economic and Finance cases

N Aubrey

Converged draft v4

28/09/17

Revised draft

N Aubrey

Converged draft v5

29/09/17

Further revision

N Aubrey

Converged draft v6

29/09/17

Final draft for client review

N Aubrey

Converged draft V6.1

3/10/17

Post release editing in response to comments

N Aubrey

Converged draft V6.2

4/10/17

Incorporation of comments from JG, JT, SH, AR, RW & RW

M Penny

Converged draft V6.3

5/10/17

QA Version

M Penny

Converged draft V6.4

13/10/17

Version including Council of Ministers Comments

B Graham

Converged draft 6.5

24/11/17

Commercial and finance case updates following funding approach review

B Graham

Converged draft V6.5a

24/10/17

Final review

N Aubrey

Final Issue

26/10/17

Final issue

M Penny

2

Contents

  1. Document Control ........................................................................................................ 2
  2. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 10

General .................................................................................................................... 10

  1. The Strategic Case ..................................................................................................... 12

Part A – Strategic Context ....................................................................................... 12 The Island's Healthcare System - overview ............................................................ 12 Healthcare delivery .................................................................................................. 12 Health and wellbeing ............................................................................................... 13 General Health ........................................................................................................ 13 Morbidity and disability ............................................................................................ 14 Mental health ........................................................................................................... 14 Infant and child health ............................................................................................. 14 Lifestyle.................................................................................................................... 15 Population and demand........................................................................................... 15 Demographic change within overall population growth ........................................... 16 Impact of population change on hospital demand ................................................... 17 Use of Off-Island' services ...................................................................................... 18 The effect of Island conditions' ............................................................................... 19 Workforce ................................................................................................................ 20 The Existing Estate.................................................................................................. 21 Policy Overview and Investment Objectives ........................................................... 24 Health system transformation .................................................................................. 27 Project Requirement and Constraints ..................................................................... 31 Contextual Conclusions ........................................................................................... 32 Part B – The Case for Change ................................................................................ 34 Inability to function safely ........................................................................................ 34 Population change ................................................................................................... 36 Poor functional Suitability and space utilisation ...................................................... 38 Supporting the wider health transformation process ............................................... 40 Benefits Realisation and Interventions .................................................................... 42 Case for Change Conclusions ................................................................................. 43 Part C – Confirmed Investment Objectives and Constraints ................................... 45 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 45 Design Vision ........................................................................................................... 46

  1. The Economic Case.................................................................................................... 48

Introduction .............................................................................................................. 48 Context and the identification of the Current Options ............................................. 48 Site identification and longlist testing ...................................................................... 49 Development options at the Preferred Site ............................................................. 54 Critical Success Factors .......................................................................................... 55 Long list of on-site development options ................................................................. 57Summary of the short-listed options ........................................................................ 58 Option 1 – Do Nothing ............................................................................................. 58 Option 2 – Do Minimum ........................................................................................... 63

Option 3 –  A new build' hospital on the current site and refurbishment of Westaway Court  68

Option 4 - A new build' hospital on the current site and a new build' at Westaway Court ........................................................................................................................ 74

Revenue Costs ....................................................................................................... 78 Economic Appraisal ................................................................................................. 79 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 79 Non-financial benefits appraisal .............................................................................. 80 Quantification and monetisation of benefits ............................................................ 86 Cash and non-cash releasing benefits estimation .................................................. 86 Distributional effects ................................................................................................ 87 Qualitative Risk Appraisal........................................................................................ 88 Value for Money Assessment .................................................................................. 91 Sensitivity analysis in relation to the benefits appraisal .......................................... 92 Conclusion ............................................................................................................. 95 The Preferred Option now referred to as The Preferred Scheme ..................... 95

  1. The Commercial Case ................................................................................................ 96 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 96 Team Establishment ................................................................................................ 96 Site Assembly arrangements and overall plan ........................................................ 97

Project Sequencing ................................................................................................. 99 Enabling Schemes................................................................................................. 100 Acquisition Requirements ...................................................................................... 102 Main Hospital ......................................................................................................... 102 Procurement approach .......................................................................................... 104 Enabling Schemes................................................................................................. 105 Main Hospital ......................................................................................................... 105 Equipment Strategy ............................................................................................... 106 Design responsibility.............................................................................................. 107 Procurement Process ............................................................................................ 108 Selection Criteria ................................................................................................... 110 Pre Contract Services Agreement ......................................................................... 112 Commissioning ...................................................................................................... 112 Contract Type ........................................................................................................ 112 Proposed contract lengths ..................................................................................... 113 Proposed key contractual clauses ......................................................................... 114 Cost Management Strategy and Market Intelligence ............................................ 114 Location Factor ...................................................................................................... 115 Equipment Costs ................................................................................................... 115 Contingency ........................................................................................................... 115Inflation .................................................................................................................. 115 Management of Design and Cost Integration ........................................................ 115 Market Intelligence ................................................................................................ 116 Construction approach .......................................................................................... 116 Required services .................................................................................................. 119 Risk Transfer ......................................................................................................... 119

  1. The Finance Case ..................................................................................................... 121

Introduction ............................................................................................................ 121 Capital funding sources and financing .................................................................. 125 Buildings and equipment lifecycle ......................................................................... 130 Additional off-site lease costs, backlog maintenance other costs ......................... 132 Affordability Assessment ....................................................................................... 133 Revenue affordability – Future Hospital operating costs....................................... 135 Analysis of Cost Movements ............................................................................. 136 Analysis of Cost Movements FY16 – FY24 ........................................................... 137 Analysis of Cost Movements FY16 – FY27 ....................................................... 137

Lifecycle affordability ............................................................................................. 139 Baseline Position: Option 1 ................................................................................... 139 Additional off-site lease costs ................................................................................ 142 Comparison of the Preferred Scheme and the Do Nothing' option ...................... 143 Comparison in MTFP Periods: Option 1 and the Preferred Scheme .................... 144 Interventions .......................................................................................................... 144 Workforce impacts ................................................................................................. 145 Population forecast and sensitivity analysis .......................................................... 147 Comparison of capital cost plan approved in P.110/2016 and OBC ..................... 149 Relocation Works .................................................................................................. 151 Contingency, Risk and Optimism Bias .................................................................. 152 Optimism Bias Governance ................................................................................... 152 Conclusions ........................................................................................................... 153

  1. The Management Case ............................................................................................. 157 Introduction ............................................................................................................ 157 Project Management Arrangements...................................................................... 158 Project and Programme Management Office (PMO) ............................................ 158 Project Reporting Structure ................................................................................... 159 Project Governance Arrangements ....................................................................... 159 Key Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................. 161 The Senior Responsible Officers (SRO) ............................................................... 161 The Project Directors ............................................................................................. 162 The Clinical Advisors ............................................................................................. 162 Programme Leads ................................................................................................. 162 Core Team ............................................................................................................. 163 User Groups .......................................................................................................... 164

Knowledge transfer................................................................................................ 165 Summary Project Plan ........................................................................................... 165 Contract Management Plan ................................................................................... 166 Use of special advisers.......................................................................................... 166 Arrangements for benefits realisation.................................................................... 167 Outline arrangements for risk management .......................................................... 169 Delivering the Acute Service Strategy operational change ................................... 173 Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group ..................................................... 174 Outline arrangements for Post Project Evaluation ................................................ 176 Contingency plans ................................................................................................. 177

  1. List of Appendices.................................................................................................... 179
  2. Glossary of Terms .................................................................................................... 181

Figures

Figure 1: Corporate Director Structure 2017  13 Figure 2: Population Growth Data (Source: States of Jersey Statistics Unit)  15 Figure 3: Population Growth data. Source: States of Jersey Statistics Unit  16 Figure 4: Growth charts  17 Figure 5: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration  17 Figure 6: Six-Facet Survey. Areas of review  22 Figure 7: Extract from the 2015 Six Facet Survey  23 Figure 8: List of Policies reviewed  25 Figure 9: Sun Ray Diagram  28 Figure 10: Confirmed project approval requirements and constraints  32 Figure 11: Six Facet Building Condition Survey  36 Figure 12: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration  37 Figure 13: Peer Benchmark hospitals  37 Figure 14: OBC Project Objectives  46 Figure 15: Critical Success Factors  56 Figure 16: Existing Jersey General Hospital Location and Context  58 Figure 17: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration  60 Figure 18: Option 1 Capital Costs  61 Figure 19: Option 1 Revenue Costs  62 Figure 20: Existing Jersey General Hospital Location and Context  63 Figure 21: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration  64 Figure 22: Option 2 Capital Costs  66 Figure 23: Option 2 Revenue Costs  67 Figure 24: Jersey Future Hospital Location and Context  68 Figure 25: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration  70 Figure 26: Option 3 Capital Costs  72 Figure 27: Option 3 Revenue Costs  73 Figure 28: Jersey Future Hospital Location and Context  74 Figure 29: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration  76 Figure 30: Option 4 Capital Costs  78 Figure 31: Option 4 Revenue Costs  79 Figure 32: Investment Objectives  81 Figure 33: Weighted Benefit Criteria  83 Figure 34: Benefit Appraisal Scoring and Ranking  84 Figure 35: Detailed Benefit Appraisal Scoring and Ranking  85 Figure 36: Risk Appraisal Scoring and Ranking  88 Figure 37: Risk Appraisal Detailed Scoring  89 Figure 38: Option NPVs  91 Figure 39: Options NPVs and Weighted Benefits  92 Figure 40: Option Sensitivity Outcomes  93

Figure 41: Outcomes – Single and Combined Parameters  94 Figure 42: Overall Site Assembly Plan for the Hospital  98 Figure 43: Site Footprint  99 Figure 44: Summary Delivery Programme  99 Figure 45: Enabling Schemes Start and Completion Dates  101 Figure 46: RIBA Stage 2 Outline Programme  103 Figure 47: Timetable for RIBA Stage Development of Main Hospital  104 Figure 48: Procurement Process  109 Figure 49: ITT Timetable  109 Figure 50: PQQ Evaluation Criteria  110 Figure 51: ITT Selection Criteria  111 Figure 52: ITT Scoring Ratios  111 Figure 53: Noise and Vibration Impact Assessment and Mitigation  118 Figure 54: Risk Transfer Matrix  120 Figure 55: Preferred Scheme Capital Cost  125 Figure 56: Funding Sources and Drawdown Profile  126 Figure 57: Gross and Net Project Financing Charges  126 Figure 58: Project Gross and Net Capital Expenditure  127 Figure 59: Buildings and Equipment Lifecycle Costs  129 Figure 60: Clinical Services  129 Figure 61: Hard and Soft FM  129 Figure 62: Off-Site Lease Costs and Other Project Costs  132 Figure 63: Capital Expenditure Funding Drawdown  134 Figure 64: Revenue Cost Summary  136 Figure 65: Revenue Changes between 2-16 and 2024  137 Figure 66: Revenue Cost Changes between 2016 and 2027  138 Figure 67: Option 1 Buildings and Equipment Lifecycle Costs  140 Figure 68: Option 1 Clinical Costs (including off-Island healthcare costs)  141 Figure 69: Option 1 Hard and Soft FM Costs  141 Figure 70: Option 1 Off-Site Lease Costs and Other Project Costs  142 Figure 71: Option 4 Capital and Revenue Costs  143 Figure 72: Option 1 Capital and Revenue Costs  143 Figure 73: Option 1 and 4 Total Cost Comparison  144 Figure 74: Workforce Requirements Forecast by Grade of Staff  145 Figure 75: Workforce Change Analysis 2016-2065  146 Figure 76: Workforce Change Analysis 2016-2065 with Interventions Excluded  147 Figure 77: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration  148 Figure 78: Population Sensitivity Testing – Capacity Analysis  148 Figure 79: Population Sensitivity Testing – Workforce Impacts  149 Figure 80: Comparison of Capital Cost Plan Approved in P.110/2016 and OBC – Main Hospital  151 Figure 81: Comparison of Capital Cost Plan Approved in P.110/2016 and OBC – Relocation Works 151 Figure 82: Capital Cost Plan Main Hospital and Relocation Works  152

Figure 83: Capital and Revenue Costs  156 Figure 84: PMO Arrangements  159 Figure 85: Future Hospital Governance Arrangement  160 Figure 86: Project Interface Arrangements with POG  160 Figure 87: Senior Responsible Owner Arrangements  161 Figure 88: Project Governance  164 Figure 89: Programme Miles tone Schedule  166 Figure 90: Special Advisors  167 Figure 91: Likelihood Score Range and Boundaries  169 Figure 92: Impact Score Range and Boundaries  170 Figure 93: Management and Mitigation Effectiveness Score Range and Boundaries  170 Figure 94: Key Risk Extract from Risk Register  173

  1. Introduction

General

The need to replace Jersey General Hospital remains a pressing strategic priority for the States

of Jersey and a key objective for the Health and Social Services Department.

This was articulated clearly within the States Report and Proposition P.82/2012: "Health and

Social Services - A New Way Forward" and which formed the basis of the "Jersey General Hospital - Strategic Outline Case" received and approved by States of Jersey in 2013.

This Outline Business Case (OBC) sets out the appraisal work that has subsequently been

undertaken since to test the options available to the Health and Social Services Department in meeting the challenge of implementing the transformational expectations of P.82/2012.

It continues to follow the format of the UK Treasury Five Case model (2013) with appropriate

adjustment where needed to reflect jurisdictional differences between the UK and the States of Jersey. It comprises the following sections:

The Strategic  Delivered in three parts (A-C) this sets out the overall context for the Case  project and updates the  position established within the Strategic

Outline Case (SOC) to reflect further project development and to ensure that the project continues to deliver against the Hospitals business needs. This section makes the Case for Change and sets out the key issues to be addressed by the project;

The Economic  Sets out the process followed in economically evaluating the agreed Case  Options and confirms the Option that delivers the greatest value for money in the way that it addresses the project investment Objectives;

The Commercial  Sets out the nature of the delivery process and confirms the specific Case  contractual and procurement arrangements to be  put in place to

deliver the Preferred Option. From the Commercial Case onwards the Preferred Option will be is referred the Preferred Scheme;

The Finance Case  Sets out the financial position of the Preferred Scheme relative to the

Project Constraints and the current hospitals revenue profile;

The Management  Details how the delivery of the Preferred Scheme will be managed Case  and sets out specific project control arrangements for the required

Enabling  Works,  transition  and  for  hospital  management  during construction

The Strategic Case sets out the strategic context and the case for change for the project.

In doing so it acknowledges the approval of the Strategic Outline Case (SOC) in 2013 and reflects

on its conclusions updating these where necessary to reflect emerging information including:

  • Any changes in strategic direction emerging since endorsement of Health and Social Services Proposition P.82/2012: Health and Social Services - A New Way Forward;
  • The Acute Service Strategy and work to redefine patient care pathways emerging from it;
  • Continued  work  on  services  integration  particularly  in  developing  seamless  service planning across the acute hospital and out of hospital care;
  • Updated population modelling to provide a better understanding of gross future population and forecast changes in age group demographics;
  • Updated hospital operational policies developed to embrace future clinical change and emerging from the hospital engagement within the design process;
  • Completion of additional site appraisals that concluded in States Assembly endorsement of the existing hospital site as the preferred site for any Future Hospital;
  • A review of capital delivery costs to ensure that pricing reflects contemporary information on hospital design and construction costs;
  • A stakeholder review of the benefits of each Option in arriving at a Preferred Option; and
  • Planning officer engagement and the formal submission of an Outline Planning application for the project.

The Preferred Option established through this process proposes to construct the Future Hospital

adjacent to the existing hospital on a part of the hospital site cleared for this purpose and additional land acquired on Kensington Place.

The Preferred Option also proposes the redevelopment of Westaway Court to support the efficient

operation of the hospitals ambulatory care facilities and to provide a pathology services, linked to the hospital via vacuum tube, to mitigate risks of construction adjacent to vibration sensitive equipment in the existing pathology department.

Together, these facilities provide a General Hospital that is fit for purpose, planned with the

medium / long term in mind and, when combined with the residual site has the necessary resilience to manage future change in demand and expectation.

  1. The Strategic Case

Part A – Strategic Context

This section sets out the high-level social, technological, and economic factors that collectively

influence the project. Collectively they provide a unique context for the project, its objectives, and the way it would need to be delivered.

The Island's Healthcare System - overview

In broad terms, the Island's healthcare system reflects that of the UK. Primary care is delivered

though a range of community based services and a network General Practitioners (GP's) with acute secondary care being delivered through the Island's only General Hospital located in St Helier.

Patients with more complex clinical needs, beyond those that can be dealt with at the General

Hospital, are provided for at off-Island locations, usually being the UK NHS. These arrangements are managed by the General Hospital as part of its care for each patient.

The Island has an active private healthcare sector operating both within the hospital and at other

locations on the Island. This reflects a significant interest in private provision with many Islanders understood to carry private healthcare insurance.

Contrary to the UK, GP services are not free at the point of delivery and this potentially contributes

to increased hospital attendance for emergency treatment or for follow up appointments.

Healthcare delivery

While the Health and Social Services Department is the principal provider of health care on Jersey

it does so in the context of a wider primary care system provided by independent GPs, dentists, pharmacists,  and  optometrists,  a  comprehensive  network  of  voluntary  and  community organisations and independent sector providers of health and social care.

Jersey General Hospital and the wider Health and Social Services Department of which it forms

a part are a significant employer on the Island. The Department comprises a broad range of key functions covering the delivery and governance expected within any modern, comprehensive General Hospital.

Services are structured to operate through 6 key groups as indicated overleaf:

Figure 1: Corporate Director Structure 2017

The hospital is a significant employer on the Island with a currently established workforce of some

1,900 Full Time Equivalent staff (FTE) and a combined hospital and ambulance service budget of £126m per annum.

Health and wellbeing General Health

 In 2015, 80% of respondents rated their health to be good' or very good'. Life expectancy at birth

between 2013 and 2015 was 81.1 years for men and 85.3 years for women is similar to the other Channel Islands and is higher than England and Wales.

 For life expectancy at age 65, women can expect that on average to live an additional 23 years if

they have reached 65 and men 20 years.

 Jersey ranks in the top 10% of countries in the world for life expectancy and 85% of Islanders rate

their health as good or better.

Morbidity and disability

 On average, there are 977 malignant cancers diagnosed each year in Jersey (2010-2014). Non-

melanoma skin cancer (NMSC) accounts for around 39% of the annual mean count, with the three most commonly registered cancers after NMSC being prostate, breast and lung cancer. The age- standardised  rate for  head  and  neck  cancer, hepatobiliary  cancer,  lung  cancer,  malignant melanoma, prostate cancer and paediatric cancers in Jersey was higher than in the South West of England and England as a whole. However, death rates are largely similar to those in England.

 It is estimated approximately 13% of the population suffer from hypertension compared to 20% in

the UK. Similarly, obesity levels on Jersey at 8% are lower than the estimated 20% of UK population.

 20% of Jersey residents reported having a longstanding illness, disability, or infirmity that lasted

at least 12 months. This proportion varied significantly between age groups. 49% of individuals above 65 years reported a longstanding issue, which fell to just 7% for individuals aged 35-44 years.

Mental health

 The Short Warwick Edinburgh Mental Wellbeing Scale (WEMWBS) was included in the Jersey

Annual Social Survey in 2013. A score of 7 represents poor mental health and a score of 35 represents the most mentally healthy a person could feel. The average mean score for Jersey in 2013  was  26,  representing  generally  good  mental  health.  In  the  2015,  Health  and  Life Opportunities Survey respondents were asked questions about their satisfaction towards different aspects of their life. 6% responded they were dissatisfied with their life and 35% felt anxious. Between 2013 and 2015 there were approximately 450 discharges from hospital coded as self- harm, comprising around 380 individuals. 57% of these admissions were female, and 33% were under 20 years old.

Infant and child health

 In 2015, the crude birth rate was 10.0 live births per 1000 population, which is a decline from

previous years. The stillbirth rate in Jersey has also decreased over time to a rate of 2.1/1000 births. Between 2013 and 2015, the infant mortality rate was 1.3 per 1000 births, lower than the average  rate  for  England  and  across  the  28  EU  countries.  From  2013-2015  there  were approximately 10 deaths of residents aged 1-17 years. In Jersey, an average of approximately 4000 children under five attended Emergency Department (ED) each year.

 In the Picture of Health Jersey 2014' survey, 52% of respondents aged 12-13 years old and 20%

aged 14-15 had never drank alcohol. Jersey has a rate of 20 per 100,000 population aged under 18 annually admitted to hospital with an alcohol-specific condition. Between 2013 and 2015, there were approximately 400 hospital admissions of 15-23-year olds with a diagnosis related to substance misuse.

 In the Picture of Health Jersey 2015' survey, over 90% of respondents aged 10-13 years and

65% aged 14-15 had never smoked. The survey found that one in ten young people were exposed to second hand smoke in their home. Less than 1% of respondents under 14 years had taken drugs.

 Between 2013 and 2015, 22% of children aged 4-5 were overweight or obese. This rose to 32%

for children between 10 and 11 years old. Approximately 22% of children reported being physically active for an hour a day in a 2014 survey. This was higher in males (27%) than females (16%).

Lifestyle

 In 2015, 12% of adults smoked daily, compared with 19% in 2005. 10% of respondents to the

Jersey Annual Social Survey in 2014 said they never drank alcohol. 45% of 16 to 34-year-old drinkers responded that they drink five or more units when they usually drank; exceeding recommended daily limits. One in five crimes reported between 2013 and 2014 had alcohol involvement and in 2012, almost 500 incidents of domestic violence involved alcohol.

 The population has relatively low levels of ethnic diversity. 46.4% of individuals identify as White

Jersey' and 32.7% identify as White British'. 8.2% of residents were born in Portugal/Madeira. 3.3% of residents are Polish whilst 7.1% of residents are Irish, French and Other White compared with 19% in 2005 (2013 - UK 19%)

Population and demand

 Published data indicates that the Islands population has grown steadily since 2006 now standing

at 104,200. A copy of the full Jersey population projections (2016) can be found in Appendix 3.

Figure 2: Population Growth Data (Source: States of Jersey Statistics Unit)

 Net inward migration is a key contributor to this growth and is expected to continue to have an

impact in future years.

 As inward migration is sensitive to a range of on and off-Island factors, several potential future

population growth scenarios have been published by the States of Jersey Statistics Unit. These are set out below.

Figure 3: Population Growth data. Source: States of Jersey Statistics Unit

 This indicates that, under a net inward migration scenario of +1000 per annum, the hospital will

need to meet the needs of 115,700 inhabitants by 2025 and 128,800 inhabitants by 2035.

 Given these possibilities, the Chief Minister's Office advised that a +700 was the most appropriate

central scenario to use in developing forecasts of future demand, as it was consistent with the Social Security Department's planning assumptions. As future population numbers cannot be predicted  with  certainty  this  business  case  additionally  reviews  the  sensitivity  of  demand assumptions and cost models for population growth of +300, +1000, and +1,500 net inward migration scenarios. These are included as appropriate in the Economic and Finance Cases. As set out below the make-up of the population in terms of age is a major determinant of need for hospital services and the increased demand driven by an aging population is largely unaffected by changes in the scale of migration.

Demographic change within overall population growth

 Alongside the general population growth noted above, material changes have, and are forecast

to continue to occur within the age distribution of the resident population.

 It is recognised that the older the individual the greater their healthcare requirements tend to be

and older patients require extended lengths of stay in hospital compared to patients under 65yrs of age.

 The age distribution data set out below indicates than an increase over time is expected in over

65-year-old population up to 2035 and beyond.

Figure 4: Growth charts

Impact of population change on hospital demand

 Planning for the impact of population and demographic change is critical to the size and functional

composition of the Future Hospital.

 Extensive  demand  modelling  has  been  completed  to  reflect  these  impacts  both  in  the

accommodation required within the hospital and specifically in the in-patient beds required across all specialties. Sensitivity analysis has been carried out to assess the scale of demand under different population change scenarios

 The comprehensive modelling outcomes included in Appendix 4, sets out the in-patient beds

required  each  year  to  meet  the  demand  anticipated  due  to  demographic  change  at  the recommended + 700 net inward migration level. This depicts the forecast demand against the current bed capacity and how each option responds to this is covered in the Economic Case.

Figure 5: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration

 Whilst rehabilitation and reablement are shown as 23 beds, Samares Ward has 27 but 4 are not

opened due to staffing constraints.

Use of Off-Island' services

 Increased bed pressure brought about by changes in demand will also result in an increase in the

use of off Island services as the hospital works to balance day-to-day activity.

 In 2016 there were 1606 patients referred to the UK for investigation, consultation, or treatment.

There were also 274 Jersey Emergency Transport Service Charter Flights (i.e. emergency transfers to the UK). The size of this, virtual capacity' i.e. in-patient beds, operating theatre sessions, workforce and some out-patient and ambulatory capacity not physically provided on- Island in the current and future General Hospital reflects a clinical choice where patient safety and clinical outcomes determine the number and types of patients who receive treatment off- Island.

 Without a successful redesign of health and social care as set out in P.82/2012 including the

provision of a Future Hospital, off-Island provision will also need to reflect operational responses to the increasing lack of capacity and, in time, capability to meet the acute healthcare needs of Islanders.

 The numbers and relative proportion of Islanders needing care off-Island will grow, with a

consequent disproportionate growth in the cost and clinical risk in providing this treatment in this way.

 Alternative strategies will help in a modest way. For example, current General Hospital patients

benefit from specialist skills provided by visiting Consultants.

 This approach is only effective if the conditions of such patients allow them to be, batched' e.g.

types of spinal surgery. It provides little comfort for Islanders requiring emergency or complex acute medical care.

 The appointment of new surgeons since 2012 has led to the repatriation of significant numbers

of patients who are able to undergo procedures on-Island that previously would have been provided off-Island.

 This trend in repatriation, where safe and affordable to do so, forms a key plank of the Acute

Service Strategy. This additional pressure on surgical beds is placing a premium on the need for a more efficient use of scheduled and unscheduled care ward beds.

The effect of Island conditions'

 Jersey is experiencing challenges that are common within most developed health and social care

systems. Demographic change, technological development and the need for ever greater levels of skill within its workforce are common features to be managed alongside service affordability.

 Jersey's relative geographical isolation has for many years defined the Island's approach to this

challenge, despite adopting conventional divisions between primary and secondary care Island conditions have a significant effect on how these are delivered.

 There are opportunities to work with Guernsey that are already being taken up. However, the

absence of alternative acute facilities on the Island or neighbouring health organisations to provide both resilience and capacity has resulted in more substantial on-Island' acute and emergency care capability than would be otherwise expected to support a similar population in larger European and UK health systems.

 This is not surprising nor is it unusual. The same tendency is equally common in other developed

island jurisdictions and can realistically be taken as the benchmark for modern island health provision.

 However, acute services of this nature cannot be provided in isolation. Their functioning relies

upon their ongoing integration with other supporting diagnostic and treatment capabilities and which collectively are recognised as a forming a General Hospital'.

 This General Hospital' principle is equally important within the wider heath system in that to be

effective, it must support the integrated operation of multi-agency teams from across health, social care, Primary Care, Voluntary and Community Sectors in supporting service users and carers.

 The minimum scale and content of the hospital is therefore defined largely by clinical need, user

expectation and the overall resilience requirements needed ensure safety and clinical viability. It will therefore undoubtedly need to:

  • Deliver acute care 24 hours, 7 days a week;
  • Provide emergency care for adults and children;
  • Provide emergency and elective surgery capabilities;
  • Provide maternity and obstetrics services; and
  • Provide outpatients, diagnostics and clinical support services;

 The General Hospital' standard of care has become the norm in Jersey and forms what is now

the realistic minimum expectation of Islanders.

 This is also reflected in the Island's Health and Social Care policies that note preservation and

development of the General Hospital principle as being pivotal to meeting the needs of future generations.

 Health and Social Services: A New Way forward (P.82/2012)' specifically recognises this and,

alongside wider healthcare system reforms, includes a requirement for plans for a new hospital to be urgently brought forward.

 The acute General Hospital sits within a much broader health system encompassing community

services, Mental Health, GP led, and other Primary care services. These mirror those of other health economies but have subtle differences where some primary care is not free at the point of use.

 As a result, the population's use of the hospital, as their first port of call is potentially greater than

would be seen in for example, the UK and introduces a further layer of demand for General Hospital services.

Workforce

 The Island context presents unique challenges for the Health and Social Services Department in

terms of its ability to attract and retain sufficient numbers of skilled staff. The lack of availability of people with the appropriate skills at registered and professional levels within the indigenous population leads to a heavy reliance on off-Island recruitment from the UK and other locations.

 Jersey has specific issues in this regard such as the cost of living that at one level can act as a

barrier to attracting the skilled professionals required.

 At support worker level, the Health and Social Services Department experiences high levels of

competition from other sectors, and other health and social care employers on the Island. Off- Island recruitment of these grades is also subject to greater restriction and, taken alongside other difficulties in reskilling, moving people from the support worker level to registered practitioner level is challenging.

 The age profile of the Health and Social Services Department workforce is an area of concern as

there are large proportions of the workforce eligible to take retirement in the medium term and early succession planning or role redefinition is necessary to manage this effectively.

 Specific hospital functions continue to experience high vacancy rates due to general supply

shortages. In these cases, solutions will likely lie in local training, re-skilling or role changes within the existing workforce to attract new workers and retain existing workers. The workforce impacts of delivering a new hospital have been estimated and are set out in the Finance Case.

 The Health and Social Services Department has acknowledged that changes to the structure and

skills set of its workforce will be required in future to meet these challenges and the Future Hospital delivered alongside other transformational and out of hospital changes noted within P.82/2012 will provide an important opportunity to facilitate this change.

 Preparation of a Strategic Level Workforce Plan has already commenced and a specialist

workforce advisor has been engaged to take forward the detailed planning required. This will be completed alongside the OBC approvals process with the confirmed Workforce Plan informing the Full Business Case (FBC). The Workforce Strategy is provided in Appendix 8.

The Existing Estate

 Jersey General Hospital is a significant facility of some 38,863m2 located in the heart of St Helier.

It is located on a heavily developed town centre site of some 1.85Ha with blocks extending up to eight storeys high.

 As has been the case within many other UK hospitals, it has inadvertently suffered over time from

piecemeal redevelopment and refurbishment that now hampers its function and operational effectiveness. It also includes listed accommodation that further limits its clinical effectiveness and remodelling opportunity.

 The majority of the current clinical facilities date from the 1960's, 70's and 80's and as a result

exhibit serious levels of dilapidation. Significant elements of building structure and engineering services are now well beyond their useful economic life and need urgent replacement.

 Concerned over the extent of dilapidation and functional obsolescence, and to ensure that it

adopted a responsible approach to premises management the hospital commissioned a specialist report that considered the extent of deficiency against current UK NHS premises standards.

 It considered the use, condition and compliance of the facilities against the following six key

aspects:

 

Survey Facet 1-3

Approach  

Facet 1 – Physical Condition

Reviewing building fabric and engineering services;

Facet 2 - Statutory Compliance Audit

Reviewing Fire, health and safety and other legislation;

Facet 3 - Space Utilisation Audit

Examining the intensity of use of the hospitals spaces and functional areas;

 

Survey Facet 4-6

Approach

Facet 4 - Functional Suitability Review

Reviewing the internal space relationships, availability, and appropriateness of support facilities and their location.

Facet 5 - Quality Audit

Considering spatial amenity, comfort and design appropriateness and quality;

Facet 6 - Environmental Management review

Considering the overall efficiency of the property, with energy being a critical factor.

Figure 6: Six-Facet Survey. Areas of review

 Completed in 2015 the summary findings of this six-facet survey are set out below with the full

survey outcome is included at Appendix 6. The survey confirms the following:

  • Much of the hospitals external fabric and engineering services are at or have exceeded their design life;
  • Some aspects of statutory deficiency are difficult to address due the physical construction of the buildings or where only reconstruction would address the issues;
  • Many areas of the hospital exhibit poor functional suitability and are classified as below that which would be considered as acceptable against UK NHS standards (D);
  • Due to their age, many of the operational spaces do not meet current standards restricting both the effectiveness and safety and have poor positional relationships with other functions within the hospital; and
  • Some building areas are of poor quality in terms of their effectiveness as working environments and as spaces for modern healthcare.

Figure 7: Extract from the 2015 Six Facet Survey

 In response to the survey's findings, the hospital has adopted the following two-stage strategy to

managing its risk.

  • To commit capital to addressing those issues of greatest concern where this is practical to do so; and
  • In anticipation of a decision to develop a new hospital within P.82/2012, to actively monitor the status of the building fabric and key infrastructure and to make selective and prioritised capital investment only when evidence suggests an imminent failure that would present an unacceptable safety or operational risk;

 The poor condition of the existing hospital is also of broader concern as:

  • Its condition and configuration is not in keeping with modern healthcare and is unlikely to be consistent with the contemporary expectations of the Island's population;
  • As a strategic asset, the hospital's poor condition and potentially more limited capability due to spatial constraints is likely to form a disincentive or barrier to the Island's efforts to recruit key individuals to work and live on the Island; and
  • Adopting a watch and wait' estates strategy can only be a very time limited approach as the likelihood of catastrophic failure or major statutory breech will only increase.

Policy Overview and Investment Objectives

 The Green Paper – "Caring for Each Other, Caring for Ourselves (May 2011)" developed through

broad consultation with Island stakeholders clearly recorded how future health and social care should be based on the following strategic principles:

  • 'Safe' - While many health interventions involve inherent levels of risk, that patients and service users should not be exposed to an undue level of risk;
  • 'Sustainable' - that services should be organised in a way that is not vulnerable to change in the short term; and
  • 'Affordable' - that the model of services represents value for money relative to other potential models.

 Reflecting on these principles' P.82/2012 clearly set the direction for future health and social care

provision, these were confirmed within the SOC and are still fully applicable today setting principles that are embedded within the project:

  • To deliver a new hospital, built to modern standards, within the next 10 years, the hospital will continue to be integral to the health and social care system, and will be supported by that system. The workforce will be skilled, motivated, modernised and supported by IT and a fit-for-purpose estate - with services developed in the right priority order to meet the needs of Islanders;
  • Integrated working with non-hospital organisations and settings will be supported by clinical leadership, particularly within community settings; for example, by developing nurse-led services, consultant-led outreach services and, potentially, GP-led hospital based services where there is clinical evidence to support these models;
  • Demand for unplanned care will be more appropriate, through a combination of service and behavioural changes, facilitated by funding for GP appointments for key patient groups, triage and streaming appropriate, minor attendances to a co-located GP service;
  • Core in-patient services will be prioritised and sustained, in order to support emergency provision. As such, Islanders will continue to be cared for on-Island where this is clinically appropriate, and the range of services will expand where this is clinically viable;
  • Clinical support services will remain central to the delivery of high quality, patient-centred healthcare. At least 70% of clinical decisions are made on the basis of test results, and the hospital of the future will place an increasing emphasis on its entire range of diagnostic services to support rapid diagnosis and assessment, treatment and longer-term care management;
  • Hospital resources will be used effectively and efficiently, providing excellent, integrated care; length of stay will continue to reduce, with discharge planning improving and an increase in alternatives to hospital care available to relieve the pressure on beds; and
  • Income for the hospital will be optimised to ensure that the right balance of publicly funded and privately funded care continues to be delivered.

 The Strategic Outline Case (SOC) was received by the States in May 2013 and was followed by

receipt of a further Addendum in October 2013.

 Since that time, other policy developments have taken place. However, these have largely been

associated with the continuing implementation of P.82/2012 being the common basis of the current Future Hospital Project.

 To ensure that the project continued to reflect the States strategic requirements, a review of was

completed in June 2017. This considered the policy position at SOC and looked to establish any directional change that needed to be reflected in the basis for the Future Hospital Project.

 The documents below were reviewed. The full policy review is included in Appendix 5:

 

Policy / Publication reviewed

 

 

 

Imagine Jersey 2035 (2008)

Island Plan 2011

St Helier Development and Regeneration Strategy (2008)

Strategic Plan 2015-2018 (2015)

P.82/2012 Health and Social Services: A New Way Forward and its amendment

The States of Jersey Hospital Pre-Feasibility Spatial Assessment Brief (2013)

Acute Service Strategy 2015-2024 (2016)

Health and Social Services Department Business Plan (2017)

A Mental Health Strategy for Jersey 2016-2020 (2015)

Out of Hospital and Long-Term Conditions OBC 2016

The Digital Framework Policy (2017)

A Sustainable Primary Care Strategy for Jersey 2015-16 (2016)

Jersey Carer's Strategy (2017)

HSSD Informatics Strategy 2013-2018 (2013)

Disability Strategy for Jersey (2017)

Future Jersey 2017-2037 (2017)

Figure 8: List of Policies reviewed

 The review confirmed that:

  • Improving health and wellbeing within the Island's population is a common priority in several policy areas including The Jersey Strategic Plan 2015-2018 (adopted 30th April 2015) and the Island Plan 2011. It is also an implicit point of focus within the Health and Social Services Department Business Plan 2017;
  • Delivering and supporting economic improvement is a common feature in most policy areas and reciprocated in broader terms by the commitments to delivering Value for Money within the Health and Social Services Department Business Plan 2017; and
  • The acknowledgment of service integration as a vehicle for improvement was noted in the Acute Service Strategy 2015-2024, the Health and Social Services Department Business Plan 2017 and more broadly in the Island Plan;

 The review concluded that specific elements included within the current strategic principles should

be drawn out to given them greater emphasis within the overall project and acknowledge the wider potential impact that building a new hospital would have within the wider healthcare system and on the Island generally.

 The project's current three Strategic Principles of Safe', Sustainable', and Affordable' were

therefore extended to include the following:

  • Integrated – to recognise that high levels of service and workforce integration both within the hospital and across the health and social care system would be needed in future to meet patients' expectations and to maintain operational effectiveness;
  • Person Centred – reflecting the need to adopt a more patient care pathway' approach to planning hospital and out of hospital services, improving patient experience and service effectiveness; and
  • Socio-economic – recognising that as a major Island development the project should have a net positive socio-economic impact on the island.

 These additional Strategic Principles are complementary to the vision' framed above by the

Green Paper principles and, the direction set by P.82/2012.

 As such, the project's Investment Objectives established within the SOC remain valid and

continue to inform the development of the project.

Objective 1:  Create a hospital which is capable of sustaining future

demand and ensures ease of access for the Island's population

Objective 2:  Optimise the estate to be as efficient and effective as

possible

Objective 3:  Improve the quality and effectiveness of the hospital in

providing  care  to  the  population,  particularly  where current services require complete replacement

Objective 4:  Support the workforce to be able to perform to the best

of their abilities

Health system transformation

 P.82/2012 "A New Way Forwards for Health and Social Care" has resulted an extensive network

of new and enhanced services in the community (see Sun Ray' Diagram Figure 9). As part of this, a broader range of organisations are delivering significant and increasing elements of service, and many stakeholders being involved in developing strategies (e.g. for Mental Health, Primary Care and Out of Hospital' services). Appendix 34 sets out the details of the Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group Terms of Reference.

 P.82/2012 was reviewed by a Ministerial Oversight Group Expert Panel, comprised Sir David

Henshaw (Chair of Alder Hey Hospital and previous Local Authority Chief Executive), Professor Patrick Geoghegan OBE (Chief Executive of South Essex Partnership Trust), Andrew Williamson CBE (Chair of Cornwall and Isles of Scilly Primary Care Trust and previous Director of Social Services, Dr Clare Gerarda, Lady Wessely MBE (previous President of the Royal College of General Practitioners) and John Appleby (Chief Economist at The Kings Fund). The Panel endorsed P.82/2012 and recommended that:

  • The provision of a new hospital is pursued as quickly as possible and the implications of the two-site approach be assessed in terms of risk and mitigations identified and applied;
  • The States continue with a new model of health and social care. The original analysis was robust and the consultation taken since has confirmed that there is widespread support for pursuing this new model; and
  • The management capacity driving system reform should be considered and supplemented where necessary by encouraging greater involvement from clinicians, interim or external support.

 The focus on integration and system reform be continued and deepened using GPs as a mainstay

in the system;

Figure 9: Sun Ray Diagram

 As at 30 June 2017, the services required within Phase 1 have been delivered being:

  • 23 services being the majority of the phase 1 services are now live; and
  • 1 service will be considered later, as part of the development of Out of Hospital services (Expert Patients).

 These have influenced acute services by, for example:

  • Providing shared care' in a GP practice care (rather than in hospital) for women in the antenatal period, during birth and for 10-14 days following birth;
  • Proactive case finding and responding quickly to request for alcohol liaison in the hospital, particularly from the Emergency Department and Emergency Admission Unit, to ensure an individual's needs are met and they are signposted or referred to the appropriate non- hospital service;
  • Supporting older adults with complex and high risk mental health needs including depression and psychotic illness, and people with dementia, to remain in their own homes and to manage their condition more effectively in order to avoid hospital admission;
  • Providing hospital staff with training, support and guidance regarding any mental health issue for over 65's. This includes advice on the diagnosis of people with suspected organic and functional mental health problems, and on managing behaviours that challenge in order to promote early discharge;
  • Supporting GPs to maintain older adults with mild to moderate functional and organic mental health needs in their own homes;
  • Providing integrated long-term conditions care in the community, particularly for individuals with respiratory and cardiac issues;
  • Investing in the Oxygen Therapy and Diagnostic Respiratory Service;
  • Developing Rapid Access clinics in the hospital for Heart Failure, Atrial Fibrillation and Chest pain;
  • Delivering Pulmonary Rehabilitation programmes, to improve lung function and reduce the risk of exacerbation and an ED attendance and/or emergency admission;
  • Rapid response to avoid a hospital admission or facilitate discharge;
  • Reablement, to provide individuals with skills to remain independent at home;
  • Step up and Step-down care, to reduce hospital length of stay or avoid a hospital admission; and
  • Community end of life care, to offer choice and reduce the number of Islanders who die in hospital.

 Phase 2 anticipates the introduction of a further range of services with the following progress

having already been made:

  • 4 services have been implemented being - Recovery College, Suicide Prevention Training, Mental Health Quality Report, Clinical Forum;
  • 5 are in the final stages of detailed planning being - Mental Health Network, Crisis Centre, Community Triage, Criminal Justice Pathway and Ambulatory Emergency Care model, and
  • 5 are ongoing being -Increasing Mental Health awareness, Children's services, and Samares.

 In addition to providing improved services for Islanders these improvements will also ease

pressure on the hospital by:

  • Providing the right care, at the right time, delivered by the right person within multidisciplinary team(s);
  • Improving access via a single entry into to the right level of care;
  • Supporting our most vulnerable in the Community, targeting the hard to reach;
  • Building resilience by working with individuals, so that they share responsibility for their care;
  • Treating people with respect and dignity, always being open and honest;
  • Providing choice, and working with individuals to develop their care plan;
  • Supporting individuals to maintain their independence;
  • Focusing on achieving agreed outcomes, for patients, the service and the whole system;
  • Delivering person-centred care through a single holistic assessment;
  • Proactively identifying needs, diagnosing early and treating appropriately;
  • Responding promptly in a crisis;
  • Supporting families and carers, improving their experience and quality of life;
  • Increasing confidence and control – for both patients / service users and carers, through effective self-management programmes;
  • Working closely with Voluntary and Community Sector organisations;
  • Becoming an advocate for the service user / carer by acting in their best interest; and
  • Working on prevention of ill health, focusing on health, wellbeing, and healthy lifestyle choice.

 A number of work programmes are being progressed in 2017-19 in order to improve patient flow

within the health and social care system; this will have a significant impact on the hospital in terms of both integrated pathways and transfers of care and in terms of acute capacity. Work which interacts with the future Hospital includes:

  • Understanding the whole population's health using needs assessment (Joint Strategic Needs Assessment) to support predictive modelling for future disease and condition management;
  • Avoiding hospital admission, and transferring care appropriately to primary and Community settings;
  • Developing a single point of access through a Care Hub, supported by Care Navigators who will support individuals to identify their needs and access care;
  • Multi-disciplinary teams to deliver integrated care, aligned to groups or clusters or GP practices supported by the wider primary and Community services;
  • A Clinical Forum, to support wider engagement for pathway development;
  • Escalation policy;
  • Enabling transfers policy;
  • Estimated discharge date on admission to hospital for every patient;
  • Bed capacity and community capacity dashboard;
  • Multi-disciplinary teams to support the needs of complex patients;
  • Discharge standards that include all day discharging;
  • Social care, therapy and nursing assessments scheduled after admission to prevent delays;
  • Pharmacy capacity to respond to discharge packages (72 hour medicine management);
  • Risk assessments that prevent unnecessary hosting of patients and encourage mobility;
  • Staff who are appropriately trained in undertaking holistic assessments;
  • Robust Long Term Conditions nursing assessment undertaken by suitably trained nurses;
  • Risk assessments that allow patients to be discharged to assess';
  • Delayed transfers of care (DTOC) recorded from day 1 after medically declared fit;
  • Review of community equipment;
  • Review of hospital social work capacity;
  • Referral processes and standards; and
  • Review of community consumables e.g. dressings.

 In order to provide a sustainable model of care in Jersey, the Island will need to undergo

significant transformational change and reform. Care professionals, politicians and the public alike must support this. This will only be possible by working in true partnership with services users to develop the future models of care that they both want and need, by understanding and shaping public expectation. It will also require professionals to respond differently, embrace new ways of working to reduce the gap between hospital and Community service. This will be achieved through greater integration with the voluntary sector and local communities, and a whole Island approach to the ownership of care.

Project Requirement and Constraints

 The Strategic Outline Case (SOC) confirmed the refurbishment of the existing hospital in its

current location supported by some new-build extension as the preferred way forward.

 However, subsequent site appraisals demonstrated the weakness of this Option when compared

with other new build solutions and in terms of its delivery within an active General Hospital.

 The detailed site appraisal process concluded in September 2016 and concluded that, in the

context of site development risk and impact upon the Island, the most appropriate location for the hospital was on balance its current location.

 The Council of Ministers subsequently considered the Site Appraisal report in September 2016

and the current hospital site confirmed as the preferred location should construction of a new hospital be concluded as the OBC Preferred Option.

 Following their review, Council of Ministers also confirmed that any such development must meet

specific project expectations and must be delivered within a series of key Project Constraints as set out below.

 

Constraints

 

1

That the safe operation of the hospital will be maintained throughout

2

That the hospital will be located on the Jersey General Hospital site

3

That additional properties on Kensington Place will be acquired

4

That the hospital will be operational within 78 years

5

That the hospital will be delivered at a comparable cost to new build site options

6

That some flexibility in Planning Policy will be tested

7

Some operational compromise will be accepted to support the spatial constraints

8

A high quality new build hospital will be delivered

9

That there will be support for the release of adequate on-site area

10

That the hospital will be delivered in one main construction phase

Figure 10: Confirmed project approval requirements and constraints

Contextual Conclusions

 Current States policy and P.82/2012 in particular, noted the need for system-wide reform in the

way that the Island approaches the delivery of health and social care in future. This position remains robust but in acute hospital terms must be considered in the context of the pressures set out above being:

  • That the demand driven by the aging demographic population is forecast to exceed hospital bed capacity by 2018. In addition, other services will be under similar pressures. The physical size and spatial planning limitations of the current hospital limit the extent to which this can be managed;
  • That there is a need and an opportunity to ease pressure by managing long term conditions in the over 65 age group differently;
  • That the condition of the estate is such that the risk posed by poor condition, dilapidation and statutory default will be high over this period and may not in any event be tolerable;
  • That both of the above are barriers to bringing about health and social care transformation either due to the facilities inability to accommodate the service changes needed or, through its contribution as an impediment to staff recruitment;
  • That continuing in the current manner over a long time-period increases the risk of growing attrition amongst registered and professional staff in favour of working in more appropriate facilities elsewhere;
  • A further increase in population will exacerbate the above; and
  • Some opportunity to address some of the demand pressure through improved productivity and other forms of intervention are possible but are limited by the physical capability of the current hospital building.

Part B – The Case for Change Inability to function safely

 With  clinical  accommodation  dating  from  as  early  as  the  1960's,  the  current  hospital

comprises a disparate collection of buildings developed over a long time to different health policies, operational practices and construction standards.

 As a result, facilities are in poor condition with the worst areas of building and engineering

infrastructure presenting daily operational difficulty.

 Some aspects of the hospital are in such poor condition that the risk of catastrophic failure is

high. In these cases, the scale of such a failure would severely limit the hospitals ability to manage its way through any emerging crisis resulting in a significant risk of building closure and health service interruption.

 A detailed six-facet' review undertaken by specialist consultants in 2015, confirmed that,

despite significant capital investment, the decline had continued now to a point where full refurbishment or complete infrastructure would now be required.

Faced with this, the hospitals estates team identified the major areas of concern and

implemented a tactical backlog investment plan to address the most serious and technically correctable issues. However, this recognised and relied upon the intention to develop a new hospital and therefore targeted investment to key areas of the poorest condition or of imminent failure only whilst implementing increased monitoring of the hospitals overall condition. Consequently, significant dilapidation remains.

The figure below summarises some aspects emerging from the six-facet report and confirms

the extent of corrective work needed and which could not be delivered in an active General Hospital.

 

Estate Element

Condition

 

Fire Code Compliance

There is currently no means of horizontal evacuation for patients possible above the 3rd Floor level of the Parade Block. Investment in sprinkler systems, fire escape lifts and improved fire safety compartmentalisation would severely reduce the functionality of this block given that it was not initially designed to accommodate them. Correcting fire safety would therefore result in a net space reduction.

Additional fire compartmentation works have been commissioned in ward locations that do not impair on the space or ward activity.

 

Estate Element

Condition

Fire Alarm Systems

The Fire Alarm and Detection System was obsolete and failing. A critical system this has now been replaced during 2016/17. Requiring full engagement of designers, users, contractors and Estates over a 2- year period, with fire detection coverage being maintained throughout, requiring excessive management resources and communication at all times.

Water System Compliance

The aged design of the current hot and cold-water systems provides a risk of contamination by Legionella and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Insufficient water flow through pipework due to change of use/models of care within wards/departments, and temperature controlled water faucets mean that Legionella avoidance will become increasingly challenging. Intensive management controls and continuous investment in remedial works and ongoing system disinfection is completed to reduce risk. However, evidence in other hospitals of fatalities caused by Legionella indicates that system replacement is a high priority but again, could not be achieved without significant disruption to the operational hospital.

Electrical systems and emergency power

Significant elements of the hospitals electrical distribution system are dilapidated and fail to meet current hospital standards. Emergency generators date from the 1960's and switchgear, transformers and electrical infrastructure installed in the 1970's are well beyond their 30- year life expectancy.

New generators have been installed within the existing grounds of the General Hospital connected to the existing electrical infrastructure. The electrical Infrastructure has been adapted to suit however it not possible without extensive electrical outages and decants to make it compliant.

Medical Gas Supply

The medical gases infrastructure, plant and manifold rooms do not all meet current NHS Health Technical (HTM 02-01) Standards. The provision of medical gases to some departments is also below current minimum standards with the Maternity Unit having no piped Entonox and the Renal Unit having no piped oxygen or vacuum. Site wide infrastructure is weak with missing elements plant and pipework needed to meet the level of supply security expected in a modern hospital. The use of cylinder-based supplies is therefore high but poor site configuration and the lack of facilities results in inappropriate storage and poor manual handling practices.

 

Estate Element

Condition

Mains Drainage

The current foul drainage systems vary in age, material and design. In many cases they were not designed to meet their current loading and, combined with their poor internal condition, are leading to increased blockages and overflow within the hospital.

Previous Incidents have required partial ward/department shut downs, requiring deep cleaning and decontamination to IP&C standards and/or the contaminated equipment/furnishings and flooring replacement.

Air Handling and Ventilation

Specialist healthcare air handling and extract units providing 24-hour conditioned air for the hospital are corroded, failing mechanically, and obsolete. Failure of systems that filter air to Ultra clean standards or provide positive pressures will result in ward and department closure.

Energy Centre

The current Energy Centre requires major works to replace new boilers, chimney, primary heating system ancillary plant items, Building Management System and pipework hangers. As the primary heating and hot water source for the hospital, this centre presents a significant single point of failure risk.

Asbestos

There is significant asbestos within the current hospital following its historical use to thermally insulate steam, and other hot water pipework. Its presence makes building maintenance and refurbishment extremely difficult with its specialist removal having to be managed during any building change.

Figure 11: Six Facet Building Condition Survey

Population change

An increase in population invariably results in demand growth within the health and social

care system and is often felt most immediately within the acute Hospital.

Population growth has continued as forecast within the SOC. However, the rate of increase

in recent years is greater than expected.

A change in age distribution is the most significant component of this growth. The number of

Islanders aged over 65 and, more prominently, those aged over 85 being on average the heaviest users of Island healthcare, are set to grow more quickly than other age groups. (See Strategic context population data)

Demand modelling based on the above growth forecast indicates that demand for in-patient

beds within the current hospital will outstrip capacity by 2018.

Figure 12: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration

Recognising this, and as part of the OBC Options design process, the hospital completed a

detailed benchmarking comparison of its current performance against selected mainland and Island peer hospitals adjudged to be comparable to its current scale and capacity. These were:

 

Peer Group Hospitals

 

 

 

 

1

Weston Area Health NHS Trust

8

Tameside Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

2

East Cheshire NHS Trust

9

South Warwickshire NHS Foundation Trust

3

South Tyneside NHS Foundation Trust

10

West Suffolk Hospitals NHS Trust

4

Yeovil District Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

11

Southport And Ormskirk Hospital NHS Trust

5

Hereford Hospitals NHS Trust

12

Noble Hospital, Isle of Man

6

Harrogate And District NHS Foundation Trust

13

Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Guernsey

7

Northern Devon Healthcare NHS Trust

14

Queen Mary Hospital, Isle of Wight

Figure 13: Peer Benchmark hospitals

From this, 10 specialties, which in total constitute approximately 80% of Jersey General

Hospital activity (and associated budget) were selected for detailed benchmarking.

The current productivity of each of these specialties was assessed relative to the benchmark

organisation with respect to:

  • Operating theatres usage;
  • In-patient bed usage; and
  • Outpatient activity.

Clinical teams were actively engaged in the validation of benchmarked data so that the

process could benefit from their input and, subject to recognising local Island factors, to use the data to identify opportunities to improve productivity.

 Conclusions from this benchmarking work formed the basis of the demand and capacity

modelling informing:

  • The spatial requirements of the Future Hospital - being a key driver of the project capital requirement;
  • The workforce requirement to meet new ways of working and the demand for future services – being a key driver of the Hospitals revenue requirement; and
  • To begin to dissolve further the organisational, cultural, and sometimes physical boundaries between hospital and community services.

These aspects informed the brief for the development of the proposed OBC Options with the

extent to which each of these could support agreed changes termed as Interventions' being measured through the Economic Appraisal process.

In adopting this approach, it is immediately clear that Options based on retaining the existing

hospital provide little scope for adopting the Interventions' needed to improve hospital productivity  or  to  adopt  the  operational  change  needed  to  support  the  P.82/2012 transformation expectations.

Poor functional Suitability and space utilisation

The Strategic Outline Case (SOC) approved by the States Assembly in 2013 summarised

how it was inappropriate to continue to provide clinical services in the existing hospital given that it fails to meet current building and operational standards nor can it safely and effectively cater for the projected clinical demand.

The following areas of concern were also highlighted and are even more prominent today

leading  to  increasing  levels  of  operational  risk,  actual  in-service  failure  and  elevated operational cost:

  • That the existing provision of functional types, sizes and relationships of rooms do not meet current UK healthcare design guidance, space standards and current best working practices;
  • That the existing provision of the numbers of beds available and the provision of single bedroom accommodation does not meet current emergency demand, nor projected  future  daily  demands  whilst  operating  at  recognised  best  practice occupancy rates;
  • That the constraints imposed by a hospital comprising a disparate collection of buildings and associated building services' infrastructure of varying vintages from the 1860's to the present day, lead to inefficiencies in linking the various clinical services throughout the hospital and restrict the opportunities for adapting the existing facilities to meet current and future demands; and
  • That the alteration and  refurbishment of the existing buildings will never, as a consequence  of  the  inherent  condition  and  compromises  in  space  and  clinical adjacencies, allow the same level of benefits to be secured as would be possible in the development of a replacement hospital.

The specialist consultant review of building condition procured in 2015 confirmed that:

  • The hospital is cramped in many areas and lacking spaces of a standard expected in modern healthcare facilities;
  • that spatial improvement was impractical due to building structure and arrangement and that the spatial expansion needed could not be achieved within the existing hospitals arrangement; and
  • That the relationship of some rooms and functions to each other was poor and again could not be corrected within the current hospital form.

Despite significant elements of urgent capital investment, the condition of the hospital has

continued to deteriorate since its poor state was noted within the Strategic Outline Case in 2013.

Alongside this, the hospital has had to contend with increasing activity driven by population

change and a general increase in the expectations of Islanders. As a result, the pressure on the hospital has never been higher with aspects of poor condition and spatial organisation hampering performance.

The following headline issues identified within the SOC remain of concern:

  • Inefficient and aging design – poor clinical adjacencies;
  • Poor space standards – compromising effective care delivery;
  • Lack of flexibility;
  • Poor separation of clinical and non-clinical flows;
  • Poor gender separation;
  • Lack of privacy and dignity;
  • Poor supporting mechanical and engineering infrastructure;
  • Poor fire compartmentalisation to allow progressive horizontal evacuation; and
  • Escalating maintenance costs, as mechanical and electrical plant reaches the end of its useful life.

These spatial dilapidation difficulties cannot be addressed through piecemeal replacement of

building elements and a complete redesign of the hospital will be required to meet the current future acute clinical needs of the population.

In the absence of this, pressure will continue to grow and the hospital's overall contribution

to the P.82/2012 transformational expectations will be hindered.

Supporting the wider health transformation process

In recognising the need for change, P.82/2012 defined a clear direction for the Island's future

Health and Social Services. Based on transformation rather than modest adjustment, the approach looks to fundamentally reform health and social care provision in ways that not only meets future need but also does so in ways that maximise choice and meets the expectations of a prosperous, modern Island society.

P.82/2012 is broadly based requiring system-wide change. Despite being a cornerstone in

this strategy, the hospital must also be fully integrated within other transformational initiatives such that it facilitates their delivery and contributes to the overall effectiveness of the health and social care system.

The current hospital is not a good enabler of change, lacking the infrastructure, space, and

utility to allow staff to adopt new ways of working or to take up the practices needed to support out of hospital changes.

Consequently, the current hospital often inadvertently inhibits change, not through a lack of

desire or effort amongst those involved but through inflexible and inadequate accommodation restricting the extent to which care pathway changes and other performance improvements can be made.

The Acute Service Strategy anticipates changes in care delivery in three key areas:

  • Attendance avoidance;
  • Admission prevention; and
  • Expedited discharge.

The services and levels of care available out of hospital are critical to delivering these changes.

The Out of Hospital system plans to support Islanders by:

  • Providing the right care, at the right time, delivered by the right person within multidisciplinary team(s);
  • Improving access via a single entry into to the right level of care;
  • Supporting the most vulnerable in the Community, targeting those that are hard to reach;
  • Building resilience by working with individuals, so that they share responsibility for their care;
  • Treating people with respect and dignity, always being open and honest;
  • Providing choice, and working with individuals to develop their care plan;
  • Supporting individuals to maintain their independence;
  • Focusing on achieving agreed outcomes, for patients, the service and the whole system;
  • Delivering person-centred care through a single holistic assessment;
  • Proactively identifying needs, diagnosing early and treating appropriately;
  • Responding promptly in a crisis;
  • Supporting families and carers, improving their experience and quality of life;
  • Increasing confidence and control – for both patients / service users and carers, through effective self-management programmes;
  • Working closely with Voluntary and Community Sector organisations;
  • Becoming an advocate for the service user / carer by acting in their best interest; and
  • Working on prevention of ill health, focusing on health, wellbeing, and healthy lifestyle choice.

A number of work programmes are already underway to care for patients in the most

appropriate setting for their need and to improve flows around the health and social care system. This will have a significant benefit generally but will influence specifically on the hospital both in terms of the seamless integrated pathways between care providers and in terms of releasing acute capacity in the hospital. Some of this work includes:

  • Hospital Attendance Avoidance:

Developing a single point of care hub to appropriately access services for patients;

Palliative care expansion;

Step up service;

Developing ambulance practitioners;

Community pharmacy pilots; and

Specialist outreach nurses.

  • Hospital Admission Prevention:

Rapid response team;

Step down service;

Ambulatory Emergency Care; and

Rapid diagnostics.

  • Expedited Discharge:

Nurse led discharge;

red day / green day' ward model;

Rehabilitation and reablement service;

Daily ward rounds;

Day of surgery and 23-hour surgery models;

Multi-disciplinary discharge programme; and

Enhanced in-patient therapist pilot.

These transformational changes will require significant support from care professionals, to

respond differently, embrace new ways of working, and to further reduce the cultural and sometimes physical boundaries between hospital and Community service. This will not be fully possible within the current hospital due to its physical, functional, and spatial constraints.

Benefits Realisation and Interventions

The Future Hospital will lead to a number of benefits typically seen in any new general

hospital of broadly comparable design and content. These are set out in the Generic Benefits Realisation Table in Appendix 32 and illustrate the broadly-based improvement possible through new facilities and the enhanced working practices that they can support

The  Future  Hospital  size  has  been  subjected  to  more  detailed  demand  and  capacity

modelling. The benefits, considered in this OBC as Interventions', inform both the capacity needed in the Future Hospital (in-patient beds, operating theatres and out-patient clinics) and the programme of change needed to realise these benefits. These are set out in the Modelled Benefits Realisation Table also included in Appendix 32.

Case for Change Conclusions

Work completed to prepare the Strategic Outline Case (SOC), subsequent Site Location

Appraisals and this OBC have provided for a well-informed understanding of the socio- economic and physical conditions to be addressed by the Future Hospital Project on the existing General Hospital site.

As a result, and notwithstanding the hospitals wider contribution to P.82/2012 transformation,

the following clear conclusions can be drawn as to the hospital's future options:

  1. -  In-patient bed capacity within the hospital:
  • The Strategic Outline Case (SOC), accepted by the States in 2013, set out the population  growth  expectations  informing  the  hospital's  in-patient  bed  capacity requirement. This used a net inward migration rate of +350 per annum;
  • Data from the States of Jersey Statistics Unit, records that population growth has exceeded the 2013 position of +350 inward migration running at over 1,000 per annum on average for the last 3 years. The Chief Minister's Office advised that using a scenario of +700 inward migration based population growth forecast would be reasonable to estimate future demand for health and social care services;
  • Future changes in the age distribution of the population will continue to challenge the hospital and the broader health and social care system with the increase in the over 65-year old group considered to be particularly significant as this group tends to be greater users of the health system; and
  • The changing scale and structure of the population means that the existing hospital will be exposed to much greater demand pressure than that anticipated in the White Paper Caring for Each other, Caring for Ourselves' and the SOC position accepted by  the  States.  Current  capacity  modelling  shows  that  even  after  introducing performance improvements to reduce bed requirements there will be insufficient in- patient beds in the current hospital to meet overall demand beyond 2018.
  1. - Hospital physical condition:
  • A  Six-Facet  Estate  Survey',  completed  in  2015  by  a  highly  regarded  property specialist, confirmed further deterioration in building condition compared to earlier conditions surveys; and
  • The aged physical structure of the hospital does not lend itself to the extent of work involved in replacing key systems. Replacement work in one part of the hospital would therefore present risk of disruption in other parts, as systems are broken apart and reconnected therefore requiring shutting down of wards, theatres on an on-going basis.
  1. Hospital functional suitability and space:
  • The 2015 Six-Facet Estate Survey', also reaffirmed the SOC's conclusion that many of the functional types, sizes and relationships of rooms within the hospital do not meet current UK healthcare design guidance, space standards and current best working practices;
  • The  functional  relationships  between  departments  remains  poor  leading  to operational inefficiency and an inability to adapt service delivery to meet future demand; and
  • The CR004 Site Appraisal submitted in 2016 demonstrated that, a full refurbishment' could not adequately address the current hospital's condition and spatial deficiencies nor could it now meet the cost and timescale constraints imposed by Council of Ministers. Lesser Do Nothing' or minimal refurbishment options would be even less adequate.

As a consequence of the above, lesser options being Option 1 – Do Nothing' and Option

2 – Do Minimum' are not viable in that they cannot deliver the project's expectations and will therefore only be reflected within the economic appraisal for comparison purposes.

Part C – Confirmed Investment Objectives and Constraints Introduction

The Strategic Outline Case (SOC) confirmed that the guiding principles of Safe, Sustainable

and Affordable' set out of The Green Paper, "Caring for Each Other, Caring for Ourselves (May 2011)", should form the basis of the project's Investment Objectives.

A further review of policies completed in June 2017 was considered at two Stakeholder

Workshops held on the 28th June 2017 and the 5th July 2017.

These were attended by representatives drawn from across the project team, external parties

and the project's Advisors and concluded that specific elements included within the current strategic principles should be drawn out to given them greater emphasis within the overall project. These are summarised in the figure below along with the SOC Investment Objectives and Project Constraints introduced by the Council of Ministers collectively form the OBC Project Objectives

OBC Strategic  Objectives

Objectives

SOC Investment Objectives

Objective 1:  Create a hospital which is capable of sustaining future demand and ensures

ease of access for the Island's population

Objective 2:  Optimise the estate to be as efficient and effective as possible

Objective 3:  Improve the quality and effectiveness of the hospital in providing care to the

population, particularly where current services require complete replacement

Objective 4:  Support the workforce to be able to perform to the best of their abilities OBC Strategic Objectives

1  Safe - To ensure that services can be delivered in a Safe manner for service

users and staff

2  SustainableTo ensure that the hospital supports the delivery of

sustainable healthcare in all aspects of delivery

3  AffordableTo ensure that health provision remains affordable

4  Integrated - To deliver facilities that work toward and support an Integrated

health care model

5  Person Centred - To place service users and staff at the centre of service

planning

6  To secure positive socio-economic and environmental impacts

 

 

 

Project Constraints

1

That the safe operation of the hospital will be maintained throughout

2

That the hospital will be located on the Jersey General Hospital site

3

That additional properties on Kensington Place will be acquired

4

That the hospital will be operational within 78 years

5

That the hospital will be delivered at a comparable cost to new build site options

6

That some flexibility in Planning Policy will be tested

7

Some operational compromise will be accepted to support the spatial constraints

8

A high quality new build hospital will be delivered

9

That there will be support for the release of adequate on-site area

10

That the hospital will be delivered in one main construction phase

Figure 14: OBC Project Objectives

Design Vision

The principles of good hospital design have already been embedded in briefing and have

been informed by the regular design reviews undertaken by the Project Board, external advisors,  an  independent  advisor  from  Design  Quality  Indicator  (DQI),  the  Jersey Architecture Commission, and clinical staff.

An experienced and appropriately skilled Design Champion is appointed to support the

project board whose challenge has assisted these reviews and whose advice has been provided to the project board and external advisors throughout the design process.

The design vision has implicitly informed option development and reflects an appropriate

balance between the desire to create landmark facilities, which will be an asset to the local community  and  will  support  local  regeneration,  and  the  need  to  control  both  capital expenditure and the Island's exposure to future revenue costs.

The design should nonetheless be enduring in both the statement it makes and the flexibility

it includes in the way that it will continue to meet the diverse needs of the population it serves with pride.

To date, the Option design has worked to create amenity value both inside and outside the

new hospital and to deliver a Future Hospital that meets the needs of the people of Jersey, with enhanced public realm, new pedestrian networks and a scale and massing that respects the heritage and character of St Helier.

This has been driven through the following principles which will continue to inform the

Preferred Option design:

  • Inspiring – the very best of modern architecture;
  • Delightful;
  • Healing;
  • Well proportioned;
  • Welcoming;
  • Safe and non-threatening;
  • Confidence inspiring;
  • Uncluttered;
  • All staff and patient areas with natural light, and be clean without being clinical;
  • Well integrated into its setting and locality;
  • Maintain separation between clinical and public circulation;
  • Integrate comprehensive and careful chosen art within the design, in public, patient,

staff and technical areas;

  • Adopt friendly signage and navigation system; and
  • Be able to accommodate future vectors of change in healthcare and society.

The design vision will reflect:

  • A special place at the heart of the community of Jersey;
  • Accessibility for all at all times;
  • Comprehensive teamwork;
  • Links to the natural environment;
  • A strong identity for Jersey and obvious civic pride;
  • The availability of a fine quality of life; and
  • Privacy and dignity for all who come, including families.
  1. The Economic Case

Introduction

This Economic Case details the economic appraisal of four development options for

the Jersey Future Hospital on the existing and expanded Jersey General Hospital site. It sets the context for the determination of these options as the relevant Options' and considers the economic costs and benefits of each to arrive at a Preferred Option.

The Strategic Case has set out the States of Jersey future health and social care

ambitions and confirmed the longstanding conclusion that the current hospital was, and is not, fit for purpose in meeting these ambitions.

Recognising this, the States of Jersey has completed an exhaustive range of studies into the most practical location for the new hospital and associated development options which, in terms of this Outline Business Case, has involved two distinct stages:

  • Firstly, a comprehensive identification and appraisal of potential sites for the project and, following approval of the Preferred Site by the States of Jersey in November 2016, and
  • Secondly, the identification and appraisal of hospital development options on this Preferred Site.

The latter is the focus of this business case. However, given that the two stages are

inextricably linked, sufficient detail of the first stage, site locations' options appraisal is presented here to demonstrate robustness and to set a context for the second stage appraisal of the development options on the preferred site.

Context and the identification of the Current Options

The renewal and maintenance of its acute and general hospital services has long been

a key priority for the States of Jersey and it remains a cornerstone of the Health and Social Services Department's modernisation agenda. This is because:

  • The overall condition of the Hospital continues to deteriorate rapidly leading to increased maintenance spend and an increasing risk of catastrophic failure;
  • The general arrangement of buildings at the current Hospital is problematic and the age and condition of key buildings means that best practice standards in many areas cannot be implemented; and
  • Modern healthcare processes and efficiency improvements are impractical to adopt within the outdated buildings.

A report commissioned by the States of Jersey from KPMG in 2011 A Proposed New

System for Health and Social Services' made it clear amongst other things that the current hospital was no longer fit for purpose and that replacement would be required by 2020.

Drawing  on  this  report  and  others,  the  States  of  Jersey  developed  its  Health

Transformation Strategy, as detailed in P.82/2012 Health and Social Services - A New Way Forward', that was approved by the States Assembly in 2012.

The Transformation Strategy sets out a vision of an integrated care model and a

programme of change needed to meet the challenges facing the Island's Health and Social services. The provision of an acute general hospital which is fit for purpose, capable of sustaining the acute care provision requirements for the population and which complements the integrated care strategy is seen as an enabler for the Strategy within P.82/2012, making it clear that a new hospital would be required by 2024.

Site identification and longlist testing

Building upon the KPMG report and the Health Transformation Strategy a working

party  of  officers  from  across  the  States  of  Jersey  technical  departments  was established to compile a list of potential sites for evaluation of their suitability to accommodate a new hospital.

 The list identified all significant sites that might be available in the next 3-5 years

including existing healthcare sites, green field and brown field sites.

 From the initial list, the Working Group identified 10 sites that, based on the height and

massing of the current hospital, were considered to have the capacity to accommodate a new hospital to current NHS spatial standards.

 A further, more detailed pre-feasibility Spatial Assessment study of the 10 shortlisted

sites was then undertaken by W S Atkins between 2012 and 2013 as part of the development of the Strategic Outline Case[1].

 Based on the assessed capability of a site to meet the need for a single phase new build hospital, with the ability to accommodate NHS space and design standards (apart

from the General Hospital site option which was based on a phased redevelopment replacement of the existing buildings on the site but with the retention of the all or part of the existing listed Granite Building), the Atkins spatial assessment study identified 3 potential site options.

 One of these was rejected by the Ministerial Oversight Group resulting in the three options being: (1) Warwick Farm, (2) Zephyrus/ Crossland/ Aquasplash/ Cineworld and (3) the existing hospital site.

 These were then taken forward for more detailed cost benefit assessment using

indicative costings. The analysis indicated that the existing general hospital ranked highest.

 Given that none of the 3 shortlisted sites were without issue, the Ministerial Oversight

Group requested consideration of further sites. A revised long list of options was subject to cost benefit analysis on the same basis as the initial shortlist.

 However, no further sites were found to out-perform the original short-list. Appendix

2.11 of the SOC sets out the detail of the analysis in full.

 Further consideration by the Ministerial Oversight Group led to the removal of Warwick

Farm from the shortlist on the basis that re-zoning greenfield land for development did not fit with current planning policy.

 This left two shortlisted options being (1) Zephyrus/ Crossland/ Aquasplash/ Cineworld

and (2) the existing hospital site.

 With regard to the existing site, there was concern over the implied height of the new

hospital and following a review by Planning Officers, planning massing guidance was released which introduced a limit to building height along The Parade, Newgate Street and Gloucester Street.

 In response to this guidance, the existing hospital development site was reviewed to

potentially include acquisition of adjacent properties that would reduce the overall height of the proposed building. Following further consideration of the 2 remaining shortlisted options, the Ministerial Oversight Group confirmed that the Zephyrus/ Crossland/ Aquasplash/ Cineworld site should not be considered further given the financial penalty of relocation costs.

 The Ministerial Oversight Group confirmed this site option should be replaced with an

alternative Waterfront' option configuration replacing the Aquasplash and Cineworld sites with Les Jardins de la Mer.

 The  development  and  evaluation  of  these  subsequent  site  configuration  options

identified  a  lower  cost new  build  Waterfront Option'  and  a  massing  and  height guidance compliant redevelopment of the existing general hospital.

 Based on the same benefit and risk criteria as the pre-feasibility spatial assessment

study, a further review of these options confirmed the Waterfront Option as the best- ranking option.

 However, the site evaluation did not take account of the potential loss of income to the

States from future commercial development of the Waterfront or the potential economic impact of a hospital development on this central business district location and the existing Esplanade Quarter Masterplan.

 An Economic Impact Assessment was undertaken by the States of Jersey Economist

of  the  potential  impact  that  indicated  the  financial  effect  could  be  significant. Consequently, the Ministerial Oversight Group confirmed that there should be no further consideration given to any Waterfront site option. With the decision to not progress further with the Warwick Farm and all Waterfront site options, the phased redevelopment of the new hospital on the existing and expanded site was therefore confirmed as the Preferred Option.

 A parallel review of hospital funding options and of overall affordability was undertaken

by the States of Jersey Treasury and Resources Department to develop both a funding envelope for the project and a funding strategy to pay for it.

 Following review of the Pre-Feasibility Study and Strategic Outline Case and the

proposed funding strategy by the Ministerial Oversight Group on 18th June 2013, the Group subsequently instructed the preparation of a further refined proposal' to develop a solution based upon:

  • The findings and recommendations of the Pre-Feasibility Strategic Outline Case; and
  • A solution that could also be delivered within the funds available.

 This Refined Concept Addendum to the Strategic Outline Case was completed by WS

Atkins by October 2013; informed by a Design Champion led co-ordination and clinical engagement process. The outcome of the Refined Concept proposed, an alternative, dual site' option as a Preferred Option; involving the renewal of some services at the existing Jersey General Hospital and the relocation of other services to new facilities to be constructed at Overdale.

 On the 17th September 2014, the Ministerial Oversight Group considered the outcome

of the Health, Social Services and Housing Scrutiny Panel's (HSSH) Review of the Transformation of Health Services (SR.10/2014) Report.

 The Ministerial Oversight Group concluded that in view of the scale of the Future

Hospital project, a stand-alone Report and Proposition on the Future Hospital was in the best interests of transparent and open Government. Reflecting this steer, the Jersey Future Hospital Project Board, at special meetings attended by the Chief Executive Officer of the States of Jersey on 25th September and 22nd October 2014, subsequently determined that a further Site Validation Exercise should be undertaken to specifically address Recommendation 12 of SR.10/2014.

 The Ministerial Oversight Group subsequently considered the following options:

  • Option A - 100% new build hospital at Overdale Hospital and adjacent land;
  • Option B - 100% new build hospital on the current General Hospital site and adjacent land;
  • Option C - 100% new-build hospital on the best performing alternative site identified during the Pre-feasibility being site 14C "the Waterfront"; and
  • Option D - Retention of the Refined Concept Dual Site Option' as a benchmark of the minimum investment necessary to achieve acceptable benefits in safety, sustainability and affordability – i.e. the "Do Minimum".

 In accepting Recommendation 12 of SR.10/2014, Gleeds were commissioned to

review the four options, publishing a report in April 2015.

 This concluded that the Waterfront option scored significantly better than all other

options and continued to do so under several levels of sensitivity testing. Full details are included within CRO04 Report.

 The Future Hospital Project Board, following the direction of the Ministerial Oversight

Group, subsequently requested a further review to consider an additional site, being a 100% new build option on People's Park, alongside the four options reviewed within the CRO04 report.

 This was completed in September 2015. The CR021 Site Appraisal Report concluded

that the People's Park (Option E) scored significantly better than all other options and, achieved the best value in terms of Net Present Value combined with the expected benefits (NPV/Weighted Benefit Point (WBP)),

 However, given its historic value, there was considerable objection to the potential redevelopment  of  People's  Park  and  the  Health  and  Social  Services  Minister subsequently confirmed its removal as a potential option for the Jersey Future Hospital.

 During a period of reflection on the project's objectives and on how best to develop a

consensus as to a preferred site for the new hospital, the Jersey Future Hospital Project Board sought to look more closely at the possibility of redeveloping the existing site, and specifically, at the extent to which project conditions / constraints would need to be modified to support such an approach.

 To inform this deliberation, a further review was undertaken and a report produced in

October 2016, which assessed the Proof of Concept' of redeveloping the existing hospital site, whilst still adhering to the Project Board's minimum delivery expectations. This new option was labelled Option F'.

 The review of Option F concluded that:

  • If augmented by acquisitions in Kensington Place, the new hospital could technically be built on the extended existing site within 8 years, whilst providing no loss of service in that period, with some services relocated off the existing site on a temporary and permanent basis;
  • The New Hospital can be delivered within the Project Board's expectations;
  • The cost of option F is greater than Option D – Waterfront. However, it is significantly better than that of all other options involving the redevelopment existing hospital site;
  • The benefits scores associated with Option F, understandably fall short of those achieved by the previously recommended Option E – People's Park. However, they are broadly comparable with those of the nearest scoring alternative site being Option D – The Waterfront;
  • Option F presents slightly more risk than the Waterfront Option but markedly less risk than that of all the other remaining options. This is largely due to the increased risk associated with construction of a new hospital adjacent to a fully functional hospital, rather than any specific long term operating concern; and
  • Both Option F and Option D generally perform and are relatively insensitive to a change in weighted risk and benefit scores.

 A lack of political alignment subsequently ruled out the two better scoring Option D and

Option E alternatives. However, noting that compromises in expectations would be needed,  the  Project  Board  confirmed  that  political  alignment  had  been  secured supporting Option F i.e. the existing site with some boundary property acquisitions as the preferred site for the new hospital.

The Project Board also confirmed that any development on this Preferred Site' would need  to  meet  the  following  revised  conditions  (Appendix  7  sets  out  the  project constraints set by the Jersey Future Hospital Project Board):

  • The safe operation of the hospital will be maintained throughout;
  • The hospital will be located on the Jersey General Hospital site;
  • Additional properties on Kensington Place will be acquired;
  • The hospital will be operation in 7-8 years;
  • The hospital will be delivered at a comparable cost to new build site options- a sum of £466 was established as the ceiling for the capital cost for the project budget plan;
  • Some flexibility in Planning Policy will be tested;
  • Some  operational  compromise  will  be  accepted  to  support  the  spatial constraints;
  • A high quality new build hospital will be delivered;
  • There will be support for release of adequate on-site area; and
  • The hospital will be delivered in one main construction phase.

Development options at the Preferred Site

 As set out in the project's recently submitted Outline Planning Application (OPA) (in

Appendix 14) careful analysis of existing hospital clinical services taking into account acquisition of additional properties identified a potential development plot within which a new hospital could be constructed and meet the Project's Board minimum project criteria outlined above.

 Delivery of the clinical services required for the hospital, taking account of demographic

growth and anticipated development of healthcare delivery, results in a need for some 49,000m2 of new development.

 Applying this quantum of functional content to the available development site results

in a minimum mass of development of approximately 20m in height (equivalent to 5 storeys). Further analysis of streetscape, context and the need to introduce adequate daylight and view into the depth of the building, to address staff and patient needs, results in a proposed development envelope of approximately 43m high, 49m wide and 140m long which equates to a building of up to 9 storeys linking Gloucester Street and Kensington Place.

 The need for the current hospital to remain largely in place during any development,

combined with the limited development plot area and confirmed design principles, establishes relatively fixed design parameters with regard to hospital massing and height.

 A variety of on site development options were therefore considered, for example lower

development heights based on a larger footprint, however analysis showed this could not be achieved without ignoring the core project principles relating to programme, cost and disruption to an unacceptable degree.

Critical Success Factors

 A set of Critical Success Factors (CSF) were developed through discussion with the

client team, giving consideration to the project strategic objectives, the minimum project objectives and relevant policies to inform the option shortlisting process. This ensured only those options considered to demonstrate the required characteristics are taken forward to Stage 2 detailed assessment.

 The Critical Success Factors (CSF) have been categorised using The UK HM Treasury

framework as follows;

  • Business Need;
  • Benefits optimisation;
  • Strategic fit;
  • Deliverability; and
  • Affordability.

Strategic Objectives

1  Safe

2  Sustainable 3  Affordable

Critical Success Factors Business Need

 

Does the option offer the prospect of being able to deliver services safely in future

Does the option offer the prospect of being flexible in responding to low patient volumes across a broad spectrum of

CSF-1 CSF-2

Safe Sustainable

services

CSF-3  Does the option offer the prospect of developing facilities within which staff can deliver consistently high-quality care  safe

CSF-4  Does the option offer the prospect of providing safe and effective care during the redevelopment of the hospital  safe

CSF-5  Does the option offer the prospect of good functionality with minimal operational compromise  safe

CSF-6  Does the option offer the flexibility to accommodate future change in service need and delivery  Sustainable

CSF-7  Does the option offer prospect of retaining and attracting staff of high calibre  Sustainable

CSF-8  Does the option offer the prospect of being operationally cost effective in use  Sustainable

CSF-9  Does the option offer the prospect of good value for money including the whole life cost  Affordable

CSF-10  How well does the option support minimising the cost of delivering healthcare  Sustainable Benefits' optimisation

 

How well does the option offer the prospect of delivering value for money i.e. effective, efficient and economic general

hospital services

How well does the option minimise risks associated with delivering general hospital services

CSF-11 CSF-12

Sustainable safe

Strategic fit

CSF-13  Does the option positively contribute to Health Policy and Strategy, particularly Transformation Strategy  Sustainable CSF-14  Does the option contribute positively to the wider economic policy  Affordable CSF-15  Does the option contribute positively to civic pride and wider social needs  Sustainable CSF-16  Does the option contribute positively to the built environment by safeguarding and building upon heritage assets  Sustainable

Deliverability

CSF-17  How likely is the option to be delivered in view of the scale of change and organisational capacity CSF-18  How likely is the option to be delivered in view of supply side interest and capacity to provide services CSF-19  Does the option have the potential to deliver a new hospital by 2024

CSF-20  Does the option limit the extent to which it would breach current planning expectations

Affordability

 

Does the capital expenditure requirements of the option offer the prospect of being funded given Treasury budget

allocation

Does the revenue expenditure requirements of the option offer the prospect of being funded given budget allocation

How well does the option contribute to establishing funding streams & developing funding models that incentivise care

and co-operation?

CSF-21

Affordable

CSF-22 CSF-23

Affordable Affordable

Figure 15: Critical Success Factors

Long list of on-site development options

 Following  confirmation  of  the  Critical  Success  Factors,  a  long  list  of  on-site

development options was identified through extensive discussion with the client team.

 This sought to include all feasible options, whilst recognising the substantial analysis

to establish the possible massing and height options for a new build development that could meet the minimum project criteria and associated design principles.

 As  noted  earlier,  potential  on-site  development  options  were  limited  to  those

considered to be deliverable within the 43m high, 49m wide and 140m long envelope, and for relocation of services to an upgraded and extended Westaway Court.

 A long-list of on-site development options was subsequently developed and reviewed

against the Project Objectives by a panel comprising the client team, technical advisor staff and a wider stakeholder group, comparable to that drawn together to complete earlier site option appraisals.

 The long list of options included Do Nothing' and Do Minimum' Options to clearly

understand the extent that either could offer solutions to the critical success factors.

 It also included options that considered the demolition of the residual buildings on the

existing general hospital site and options for refurbishment and new build of Westaway Court alongside the new build hospital, within the determined development envelope set out above. Full details of the approach and outcome is provided in Appendix 10.

 In May 2017, the Project Board considered the conclusions of this exercise and

confirmed that the following four Options should be shortlisted for detailed review within the Outline Business Case:

  • Option 1  Do Nothing;
  • Option 2  Do Minimum;
  • Option 3  A new build' hospital on the current site and refurbishment of Westaway Court; and
  • Option 4  A new build' hospital on the current site and a new build' at Westaway Court.

Summary of the short-listed options Option 1 – Do Nothing

Figure 16: Existing Jersey General Hospital Location and Context

Overview

 As indicated in the Case for Change, the Do Nothing' option is not viable in the short

to medium term, and is therefore included to serve as a baseline assessment of the costs to be incurred in continuing to operate in the current manner.

 It sets out the forecast costs for which no additional quantitative benefits will arise and

provides a comparative basis only for other options.

 In this respect, the Do Nothing' option reflects the hospital's current operation and

represents the effect of making no capital investment spend, other than that already planned in response to meet:

  • Statutory and regulatory deficiencies in terms of health and safety and other general  regulatory  standards  including  critical  aspects  of  healthcare compliance;
  • General estate and infrastructure dilapidation including implementation of the full range of costed recommendations set out within the Six Facet study completed in 2015. (currently this is being managed under a watch and wait strategy);
  • Relocation of the catering unit off the existing site; and
  • Limited replacement of equipment.

 Importantly, in representing the status quo, this option does not address the functional

and  spatial  deficiencies  of  the  existing  hospital,  or  deliver  any  improvement  in operational performance by improving the adjacency of critical hospital functions.

 This option does not provide any additional capacity to deal with future increases in

demand, or to meet growing service diversity following clinical and technological changes over coming years. Indeed, there is a loss of bed capacity due to the need for on-going refurbishment works.

 The option is also unable to effectively support the wider transformational expectations

of P.82/2012, with many of the patient pathway changes required being undeliverable within the current hospital's configuration

 The option does not address future expectations amongst patients. It continues to rely

on mixed wards in all cases and offers no scope to create single bedrooms without a further loss of internal space. In being no larger than current bed provision, creating single bedrooms within ward areas would simply deliver less beds.

 Aside from this, the structure of the buildings and associated infrastructure would not

lend themselves to this level of repurposing and it is likely that the scale of change needed would require buildings to be fully demolished and reconstructed on different / larger footprints.

 In summary, the functioning of the hospital remains the same with:

  • No expansion of capacity in any clinical specialty to meet forecast demand increase;
  • A  reduction  on  current  bed  numbers  due  to  on-going  refurbishment programme;
  • No change to the current clinical adjacencies;
  • No improvement on single bedroom provision;
  • No improvement to patient relative's space;
  • No demolition or new space provision; and
  • Relocation of the catering unit off site.

 Under this Option anticipated activity growth driven by population change is managed

by;

  • The implementation of service reorganisation Interventions will be minimal and will  lead  to  patients  being  treated  in  clinically  inappropriate  non-hospital settings;
  • Future  demand  will  be  increasingly  managed  off-Island.  Beyond  2020 increasing numbers of patients being sent off-Island for health services due to demand exceeding on-Island capacity; and
  • The adult ward beds of Option 1 have their capacity exceeded by demand in 2017.

Figure 17: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration

Benefits appraisal

 The qualitative Benefits Appraisal completed by project stakeholders concluded that

this option could not meet the expectations of the project objectives and could not offer a sustainable approach to meeting future demand.

 The option also scored poorly in terms of patient amenity and its impact on staff

recruitment and retention and in terms of the buildings being a limiting factor on operational performance improvement.

Capital Costs

 As indicated earlier, the capital costs of this option reflect current planned levels of

asset and equipment replacement expenditure along with a notional single scheme to implement the condition and safety compliance recommendations only of the Six Facet survey' and the cost of creating a catering unit off site.

 To provide a comparative basis only, costs are based on delivering the six facet

compliance recommendations over a notional 2018 – 2023 works period.

 

 Option 1 Do Nothing

£M (discounted)

£M

(Capital Cost Comparison)

 

 

 

Capital Costs

 

Capital & on cost (incl. fees)

75.6

75.6

Land acquisition (incl. fees)

0.0

0.0

Non-Works Costs

0.0

0.0

Equipment

0.0

0.0

Contingency

0.0

0.0

Optimism Bias

0.0

0.0

Decant and Migration

0.0

0.0

Inflation differential

13.6

24.0

Total - Capital Costs

89.2

99.6

 

 

 

Enabling Schemes Capital

 

Creation of Catering CPU

4.9

4.9

Relocation of medical secretaries / consultants

0.0

0.0

Transfer of Clinics 1 - vacated catering dept.

0.0

0.0

Construction of temporary Clinic Block

0.0

0.0

Med recs and car park

0.0

0.0

Relocation of corporate functions

0.0

0.0

Transfer of Clinics 1 - remodelling of Westaway Court

0.0

0.0

Remodel - First Floor parade, Granite and 1960 wings

0.0

0.0

Re-siting of critical plant and systems

0.0

0.0

Transfer of Staff accommodation

0.0

0.0

 

 

 

Additional Works

 

Multi-storey car park

0.0

0.0

Post occupation Granite Block refurbishment

0.0

0.0

Inflation differential on enabling schemes and additional works

0.0

0.0

Total - enabling schemes and additional works

4.9

4.9

 

 

 

Total Capital

94.1

104.8

Figure 18: Option 1 Capital Costs

Revenue Costs

 Option revenue costs have been developed from an understanding of the modelled

impact of demographic change on the hospital's activity levels over the transition period and the 60 years thereafter, to equate to the assumed economic asset life of a new hospital building. This approach enables a better comparison of all the options.

 

 Option 1 Do Nothing

£M (discounted)

 

 

Lifecycle

Main Build

130.3

Enabling Schemes

4.5

Equipment (incl. MRI/ PACS)

233.2

Total - Lifecycle

367.9

 

 

Clinical Services

Pay

19,253.2

Non-Pay

29,428.4

Off-Island Healthcare

20,590.5

Removal of 3% inflation

(52,280.7)

Overheads

3,278.2

Income

(2,331.9)

Total - Clinical Services

17,937.7

 

 

Non-Clinical Services (hard and soft FM)

819.5

Transitional Costs

20.8

On going Lease Costs

10.1

Old Hospital Management

0.0

Bond Issue

0.7

Post Project Evaluation Provision

0.0

 

 

Total Revenue

19,156.7

Figure 19: Option 1 Revenue Costs

Option 2 – Do Minimum

Figure 20: Existing Jersey General Hospital Location and Context

Overview

 The Do Minimum' Option has been developed to reflect what can be reasonably

achieved,  to  improve  hospital  conditions,  within  what  is  a  spatially  constrained operational site.

 The site and building structure conditions limit the improvements that can be made with

little  opportunity  to  improve  either  functional  performance,  or  to  make  spatial improvements through a piecemeal development approach.

 As a result, in addition to addressing the statutory backlog maintenance, refurbishment

has been limited to ward upgrades to address the elements affecting patients most directly, such as general ward infrastructure replacements, dilapidation repairs and general redecoration.

 No spatial improvement has been possible and no improvement has been made to the

general arrangement of the hospital, with the poor functional arrangements between critical departments remaining.

 In summary, the works are therefore limited to:

  • Statutory and regulatory deficiencies in terms of health and safety and other general  regulatory  standards  including  critical  aspects  of  healthcare compliance;
  • General estate and infrastructure dilapidation including implementation of the full range of costed recommendations set out within the Six Facet study completed in 2015. (currently this is being managed under a watch and wait strategy);
  • The construction of a decant ward block to support a rolling programme of ward refurbishments to address general infrastructure failure, building dilapidation and decoration only; and
  • The adult ward beds of Option 2 have their capacity exceeded by demand in 2017.

Figure 21: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration

 As in the Do Nothing' option, this option does not address the functional and spatial

deficiencies of the existing hospital, nor does it deliver any improvement in operational performance by improving the adjacency of critical hospital functions.

 This option does not provide any additional capacity to deal with future demographic

changes, or to meet growing service diversity following clinical and technological changes over coming years.

 The option fails to deliver the project objectives, despite the provision of a new decant

ward to support ongoing ward refurbishment and the relocation of the catering unit off site, as there is:

  • No expansion of capacity in any clinical specialty to meet forecast demand increase;
  • No change to the current clinical adjacencies;
  • No improvement on single bedroom provision;
  • No improvement to patient relative's space; and
  • No demolition or new space provision.

 Under this Option, changes in demand are addressed through:

 Implementation of some service reorganisation Interventions that lead to patients being

treated in a non-hospital setting in Jersey. The service re-organisation has a similar impact to that under Option 1 and the implementation of some service reorganisation Interventions will be possible and will lead to some productivity improvement.

 As with Option 1, future demand will be increasingly managed off-Island. Beyond 2026,

increasing numbers of patients will be sent off-Island for health services, due to demand exceeding on-Island capacity, even though some performance improvements have been made.

Benefits appraisal

 Given that there is limited scope for functional or spatial improvement within the

existing hospital, the qualitative benefits delivered by this option are comparable to those of Option 1 Do Nothing'.

 The qualitative Benefits Appraisal completed by project stakeholders concluded that

this option could not meet the expectations of the project objectives and could not offer a sustainable approach to meeting future demand.

 The option also scored poorly in terms of patient amenity, its impact on staff recruitment

and retention, and in terms of the buildings limiting factor on operational performance improvement.

Capital Costs

 As set out above, this option includes works to address the condition and safety

compliance recommendations only of the Six Facet survey' and additional works to undertake minimal ward refurbishment, over a ten-year period. A temporary ward facility has been included to support this; enabling patients to be accommodated during each ward refurbishment period.

 Costs are based on delivering the six facet compliance recommendations, over a

notional 2018 – 2023 works period, and a temporary ward facility with the main ward refurbishment occurring thereafter.

 

£M (discounted)

£M (Capital Cost Comparison)

 

 

Capital Costs

 

Capital & on cost (incl. fees)

75.6

75.6

Land acquisition (incl. fees)

0.0

0.0

Non- Works Costs

0.0

0.0

Equipment

0.0

0.0

Contingency

0.0

0.0

Optimism Bias

0.0

0.0

Decant and Migration

0.0

0.0

Inflation differential

13.6

24.0

Total - Capital Costs

89.2

99.6

 

 

 

Enabling Schemes Capital

 

Creation of Catering CPU

4.9

4.9

Relocation of medical secretaries / consultants

0.0

0.0

Transfer of Clinics 1 - vacated catering dept.

0.0

0.0

Construction of temporary Ward Block

11.7

11.7

Med recs and car park

0.0

0.0

Relocation of corporate functions

0.0

0.0

Transfer of Clinics 1 - remodelling of Westaway Court

0.0

0.0

Remodel - First Floor parade, Granite and 1960 wings

0.0

0.0

Re-siting of critical plant and systems

0.0

0.0

Transfer of Staff accommodation

0.0

0.0

 

 

 

Additional Works

 

Multi-storey car park

0.0

0.0

Post occupation Granite Block refurbishment

0.0

0.0

Inflation differential on enabling schemes and additional works

(0.7)

0.3

Total - enabling schemes and additional works

15.8

16.9

 

 

 

Total Capital

105.1

116.5

Figure 22: Option 2 Capital Costs

 In providing a comparative basis only costs are based on delivering the six facet

compliance recommendations over a notional 2018 – 2023 works period.

Revenue Costs

 Option revenue costs are developed consistently with Option 1 and a summary is

provided below. Full details of estimated annual profile included in Appendix 13.

 Option 2 Do Minimum  £M (discounted)

Lifecycle

Main Build  140.4 Enabling Schemes  4.6 Equipment (incl. MRI/ PACS)  233.2 Total - Lifecycle  378.2

Clinical Services

Pay  19,096.3 Non-Pay  29,248.3 Off-Island Healthcare  19,630.2 Removal of 3% inflation  (51,422.1) Overheads  3,278.2 Income  (2,331.9) Total - Clinical Services  17,499

Non-Clinical Services (hard and soft FM)  819.5 Transitional Costs  20.8 On going Lease Costs  10.1 Old Hospital Management  0 Bond Issue  0.7 Post Project Evaluation Provision  0

Total Revenue  18,728.3 Figure 23: Option 2 Revenue Costs

Option 3 – A new build' hospital on the current site and refurbishment

of Westaway Court

Figure 24: Jersey Future Hospital Location and Context

Overview

 This option provides an outline of how the Health and Social Services Department's

Acute Service Strategy and healthcare demand would be met using the existing and expanded hospital site and Westaway Court. By doing so, it defines the preferred way forward' in terms of clinical and operational approach but not necessarily the Preferred Option in terms of its ability to meet the full range of strategic and operational objectives.

 This option involves the following key elements;

  • New build construction of the main hospital on a cleared part of the existing site, augmented by the acquisition and demolition of properties on Kensington Place, to increase the available construction footprint; and
  • The refurbishment of Westaway Court to allow several key outpatient functions to be located there delivering part of the ambulatory care hub.

 This option would also involve;

 Enabling Schemes: the delivery of a number of enabling schemes is needed to allow

for the building of the Future Hospital on the existing augmented site alongside the functioning of the existing hospital. The enabling schemes include amongst other activity, the permanent relocation of the catering unit and medical records off the existing site, the building of a temporary clinic block on the existing site and the relocation of other functions off site on a temporary basis.

 Granite Block: External changes to the Granite Block (Grade I listed Building) to

include removal of glass atrium and modern extensions at the rear of the building. The forecourt of the Granite Block would be opened up as public realm to include patient drop-off. Changes to the forecourt to create new public realm and a drop-off area serving the Future Hospital. The interior of the Granite Block will be refurbished to provided  Training  and  Development,  Consultants  Offices,  Medical  Secretaries accommodation, and support services offices.

 Patriotic Street Car park: Addition of two half decks to provide car parking and

provision of an overhead link bridge over Newgate Street to connect the Future Hospital to the car park.

 Public realm: New and upgraded public realm to include pedestrian routes leading to

the hospital including:

  • North-south from Kensington Place to Gloucester Street ;
  • A link from the Parade to the main front entrance of the hospital;
  • Footbridge leading from Patriotic Street Car-park to hospital building; and
  • Link between Newgate Street and Kensington Place;

 Employment floor space: New additional retail, café and restaurant space

 In sum this option provides:

  • A new Acute General Hospital and adjoining Service Block;
  • An ability to offer 100% single in-patient rooms;
  • An environment suitable for modern day operating practices;
  • A high-quality working environment;
  • For patient safety aspects and clinical capabilities;
  • Future flexibility and wider development opportunity using the residual site; and
  • A means to meet all health and safety regulations.

 Under this Option:

  • Greater  levels  of  service  reorganisation  Interventions  will  be  possible supporting performance improvement and wider transformation;
  • Greater bed capacity will be provided enabling future healthcare demand to be met on-Island for the foreseeable future;
  • The adult ward bed capacity of Option 3 is not exceeded by demand until beyond 2046, with flexible usage of the private ward and other specialty beds, possible due to the 100% single bedroom design, this capacity would be extended beyond 2056; and
  • Flexible facilities will be delivered easing the extent to which future change due to  technological  development  and  clinical  practice  development  can  be accommodated.
  • The enabling phase programme for Option 3 is extended to manage the complex  and  sensitive  refurbishment  of  the  Maternity  and  Pathology departments within the existing hospital.
  • Due to available space constraints within the existing Westaway Court Building Option 3 creates sub optimal clinical adjacencies within the Ambulatory Care and Outpatients departments

Figure 25: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration

Benefits Appraisal

 The qualitative Benefits Appraisal completed by project stakeholders concluded that

this option delivered well against the project objectives and offered a sustainable approach to meeting future demand.

The option also performs well in terms of patient amenity and its impact on staff recruitment and retention but had some limitations within its functional relationships.

Capital Costs

This option involves the construction of a new hospital on the existing and augmented Jersey General Hospital site. As indicated above, it also includes costs of Enabling Schemes designed to release the space in the existing hospital to allow the site footprint to be released, including significantly refurbished facilities at Westaway Court.

Full asset lifecycle costs (building and equipment) have been included, based on UK

BCIS profiles to ensure that an appropriate level of periodic asset element replacement is carried out over the build phase of the Future Hospital on the main site (the transition period) and the 60 years thereafter, equating to the assumed economic asset life of the Future Hospital building once operational.

Capital costs include the cost of land acquisition, demolition of the buildings and for

undertaking a range of enabling schemes designed to release specific existing hospital buildings in readiness for Future Hospital construction

All costs have been developed using best practice UK Health Premises Cost Guide

(HPCG) pricing with an appropriate location factor' applied to reflect the pricing differential of delivering works in the Channel Islands over and above that within UK regions.

 

£M (discounted)

£M (Capital Cost Comparison)

 

 

Capital Costs

 

Capital & on cost (incl. fees)

256.9

256.9

Land acquisition (incl. fees)

10.5

10.5

Non- Works Costs

6.3

6.3

Equipment

18.7

18.7

Contingency

20.7

20.7

Optimism Bias

41.1

41.1

Decant and Migration

3.0

3.0

Inflation differential

1.6

53.7

Total - Capital Costs

358.8

410.9

 

 

 

Enabling Schemes Capital

 

Creation of Catering CPU

4.9

4.9

Relocation of medical secretaries / consultants

0.0

0.0

Transfer of Clinics 1 - vacated catering dept.

3.7

3.7

Construction of temporary Clinic Block

11.7

11.7

Med recs and car park

0.9

0.9

Relocation of corporate functions

6.4

6.4

Transfer of Clinics 1 - remodelling of Westaway Court

12.2

12.2

Remodel - First Floor parade, Granite and 1960 wings

7.5

7.5

Re-siting of critical plant and systems

2.9

2.9

Transfer of Staff accommodation

1.4

1.4

 

 

 

Additional Works

 

Multi-storey car park

3.3

3.3

Post occupation Granite Block refurbishment

5.7

5.7

Inflation differential on enabling schemes and additional works

(2.7)

2.8

Total - enabling schemes and additional works

57.9

63.4

 

 

 

Total Capital

416.7

474.3

Figure 26: Option 3 Capital Costs

Revenue Costs

Option revenue costs have been developed from detailed activity demand modelling

to reflect both overall population growth and anticipated demographic changes within the population age distribution.

Revenue costs reflect the implementation of an increased level of Interventions over

that possible in Options 1 and 2. A high-level summary of the revenue cost is set out below. The full profile of costs is provided in Appendix 13

 

£M (discounted)

 

Lifecycle

Main Build

140.4

Enabling Schemes

20.3

Equipment (incl. MRI/ PACS)

265.2

Total - Lifecycle

425.9

 

 

Clinical Services

 

Pay

20,419.8

Non-Pay

29,900.3

Off-Island Healthcare

3,928.9

Removal of 3% inflation

(41,051.9)

Overheads

3,278.2

Income

(2,331.9)

Total - Clinical Services

14,143.4

 

 

Non-Clinical Services (hard and soft FM)

1,054.9

Transitional Costs

17.9

On going Lease Costs

67.5

Old Hospital Management (to 5yrs post occupation)

1.3

Bond Issue

2.5

Post Project Evaluation Provision

0.1

 

 

Total Revenue

15,713.6

Figure 27: Option 3 Revenue Costs

Option 4 - A new build' hospital on the current site and a new

build' at Westaway Court

Figure 28: Jersey Future Hospital Location and Context

Overview

As with Option 3 this Option reflects the new build construction of the main hospital on

a cleared part of the existing site augmented by the acquisition and demolition of properties on Kensington Place to increase the available construction footprint.

This option, however, differs significantly from Option 3 in that it proposes the complete

demolition of Westaway Court and the construction of a be-spoke new build facility with its functional content refined to improve clinical support for the ambulatory care patients using the facility, improved clinical adjacencies and space to permanently house the pathology service (with a vacuum tube link to the Future Hospital) to mitigate against delays and risks caused by construction adjacent to the vibration sensitive equipment in the existing pathology department.

A new build approach provides the greatest flexibility in achieving optimal functional

relationships and thereby increasing accessibility for patients to a range of treatments and co-located specialist staff than would be possible under other options.

Under this option, Pain and Diabetes services will be located at Westaway Court along

with the Pathology Service connected to the new General Hospital by a physical vacuum tube and digital reporting links.

This option would also involve;

  • The delivery of a number of additional enabling schemes to allow for the building of the Future Hospital on the existing augmented site alongside the functioning of the existing hospital;
  • External changes to the Granite Block (Grade I listed Building) to include removal of glass atrium and modern extensions at the rear of the building. The forecourt of the Granite Block would be opened up as public realm to include patient drop-off. Changes to the forecourt to create new public realm and a drop-off area for the Future Hospital. The interior of the Granite Block will be refurbished  to  provided  Training  and  Development,  Consultants  Offices, Medical Secretaries accommodation and support services offices;
  • Patriotic Street Car-park - Addition of two half decks to provide car parking and provision of link bridge over Newgate Street to link to Future Hospital;
  • Creation of new public realm- to include pedestrian routes leading to the hospital including North-south from Kensington Place to Gloucester Street and a link from the Parade to the main front entrance of the Future Hospital;
  • Footbridge leading from Patriotic Street Car-park to hospital building; and a link between Newgate Street and Kensington Place; and
  • New and increased employment floor space- retail, café and restaurant space. As such this option provides:
  • A new Acute General Hospital and adjoining Service Block;
  • An ability to offer 100% single in-patient rooms;
  • An environment suitable for modern day operating practices;
  • A high-quality working environment;
  • For patient safety aspects and clinical capabilities;
  • Future flexibility and wider development opportunity using the residual site meets all health and safety regulations; and
  • The creation of a new build be-spoke centre to forming part of the ambulatory care pathway.

Under this Option:

  • The highest levels of service reorganisation Interventions will be possible providing significant support for ongoing performance improvement and the wider P'82/2012 transformation programme;
  • Greater opportunities for partnership working across the whole Health and Social Care system and the corresponding benefits to health and welling being are offered in this option
  • Greater bed capacity will be provided enabling future healthcare demand to be met on-Island for the near future;
  • The adult ward bed capacity of Option 4 is not exceeded by demand until beyond 2046, with flexible usage of the private ward and other specialty beds, possible due to the 100% single bedroom design, this capacity would be extended beyond 2056; and
  • Flexible facilities will be delivered easing the extent to which future change due to  technological  development  and  clinical  practice  development  can  be accommodated.
  • The enabling phase programme for Option 4 is prolonged to encompass the increased size of Westaway Court, to include Pathology, but this reduces the coordination risk of carrying out refurbishment works in the existing Maternity department.
  • The bespoke new build Westaway Court replacement is able to accommodate the appropriate mix of Ambulatory Case and Outpatients departments to retain the best clinical adjacencies

Figure 29: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration

Benefits Appraisal

The qualitative Benefits Appraisal completed by project stakeholders concluded that

this option delivered the most effectively against the project objectives and offered the most sustainable approach to meeting future demand.

The  option  also  rated  best  in  terms  of  patient  amenity  and  its  impact  on  staff

recruitment and retention and was considered to have the most effective functional relationships of all options.

Capital Costs

This option involves the construction of a new hospital on the existing site and the

construction of new facilities located at Westaway Court. As indicated above, it also includes the costs of Enabling Schemes designed to release the space in the existing hospital to allow the site footprint to be released.

Full asset lifecycle costs have been included based on UK BCIS profiles to ensure that

an appropriate level of periodic asset element replacement is carried out over the 60 years term of the economic evaluation.

The project includes the cost of land acquisition, demolition and for undertaking the

enabling schemes designed to release specific existing hospital buildings in readiness for the Future Hospital construction

All costs have been developed using best practice UK Health Premises Cost Guide

(HPCG) pricing with an appropriate location factor' applied to reflect the pricing differential of delivering works in the Channel Islands over and above that within UK regions.

 

£M (discounted)

£M (Capital Cost Comparison)

 

 

Capital Costs

 

Capital & on cost (incl. fees)

236.6

236.6

Land acquisition (incl. fees)

10.5

10.5

Non- Works Costs

6.2

6.2

Equipment

18.7

18.7

Contingency

19.5

19.5

Optimism Bias

38.2

38.2

Decant and Migration

3.0

3.0

Inflation

1.6

53.1

Total - Capital Costs

334.0

385.5

 

 

Enabling Schemes Capital

 

Creation of Catering CPU

4.9

4.9

Relocation of medical secretaries / consultants

0.0

0.0

Transfer of Clinics 1 - vacated catering dept.

3.7

3.7

Construction of temporary Clinic Block

11.7

11.7

Med recs and car park

0.9

0.9

Relocation of corporate functions

6.4

6.4

Transfer of Clinics 1 - remodelling of Westaway Court

27.8

27.8

Remodel - First Floor parade, Granite and 1960 wings

7.5

7.5

Re-siting of critical plant and systems

2.9

2.9

Transfer of Staff accommodation

1.4

1.4

 

 

 

Additional Works

 

 

Multi-storey car park

3.3

3.3

Post occupation Granite Block refurbishment

5.7

5.7

Inflation differential on enabling schemes and additional works

(2.4)

4.2

Total - Enabling Schemes and Additional Works

73.7

80.4

 

 

 

Total Capital

407.8

465.9

Figure 30: Option 4 Capital Costs

Revenue Costs

Option revenue costs have been developed from detailed activity demand modelling

to reflect both overall population growth and anticipated demographic changes within the population age distribution.

Revenue costs also reflect the implementation of the greatest level of Interventions

over that possible in earlier options due to the configuration and relationships that can be achieved within new facilities.

A summary of the revenue cost is set out below.

 

Option 4 - A new build' hospital on the current site and a new

build' at Westaway Court

£M (discounted)

Lifecycle

Main Build

128.3

Enabling Schemes

29.1

Equipment (incl. MRI/ PACS)

265.2

Total - Lifecycle

422.6

 

 

Clinical Services

 

Pay

20,228.8

Non-Pay

29,692.9

Off-Island Healthcare

3,928.9

Removal of 3% inflation

-(40,752.3)

Overheads

3,278.2

Income

-(2,331.9)

Total - Clinical Services

14,044.6

 

 

Non-Clinical Services (hard and soft FM)

1,054.9

Transitional Costs

17.9

Ongoing Lease Costs

67.5

Old Hospital Management (to 5yrs post occupation)

1.3

Bond Issue

2.5

Post Project Evaluation Provision

0.1

 

 

Total Revenue

15,611.4

Figure 31: Option 4 Revenue Costs

Economic Appraisal Introduction

This section sets out the appraisal process followed in establishing the relative merits

of each of the four Options set out earlier and identifies the Option considered to offer the best value in meeting the project investment objectives.

It summarises the economic costs and benefits considered to relate to each Option

and evaluates them based upon the principles of the UK Treasury Green Book, and Generic Economic Model (GEM) Investment Appraisal Guidance.

The  four  options  approved  for  economic  appraisal  include  two  five  case  model

Mandatory Options being the Do Nothing' and Do Minimum Option.

However, as neither of these mandatory Options meet the capacity and functionality

required within the project Objectives they are not viable in the short, medium or long term. Their inclusion is therefore based on meeting UK Treasury Guidance only and to provide a reference point against which the remaining Options can be considered.

The Options are:

  • Option 1   Do Nothing;
  • Option 2  Do Minimum;
  • Option 3  A new build' hospital on the current site and refurbishment of Westaway Court; and
  • Option 4  A new build' hospital on the current site and a new build' at Westaway Court.

Non-financial benefits appraisal

Methodology

Estimating  the  benefits  following  from  each  Option  focuses  on  undertaking  a

comparative assessment of each option against predetermined Benefit Criteria and a weighting and scoring approach.

The SOC established a set of strategic objectives for the project based on relevant

policy documents prevailing at that time. However, since that time, a number of additional policies have been developed which relate directly to the project and are therefore material to its outcome.

These include the Acute Service Strategy, published in July 2016 and others such as

the Digital Health Strategy, published in 2016 which relates more broadly to wider transformation activities being implemented under P.82/2012.

Equally, the scale, nature and location of the investment proposed by the project is

greater than anticipated in the Strategic Outline Case (SOC) and, as such, the socio- economic impact of the project merits recognition within its overall outcome.

The Strategic Case sets out how a further policy review, completed in July 2017, concluded that, whilst the initial three Strategic Objectives of Safe', Sustainable' and Affordable' remain valid. Given that the evaluation had now moved to site design

solutions, it was now appropriate for other aspects embedded within these Objectives to be explicitly tested.

 The Strategic Case confirmed that the Options should therefore be tested against the

following range of Objectives:

 

Investment Objective

Objectives

Strategic Outline Case (SOC)

Outline Business Case (OBC)

 

 

 

1

Safe - To ensure that services can be delivered in a Safe manner for service users and staff

2

SustainableTo ensure that the hospital supports the delivery of sustainable healthcare in all aspects of delivery

3

AffordableTo ensure that health provision remains affordable

4

Integrated - To deliver facilities that work toward and support an Integrated health care model

 

5

Person Centred - To place service users and staff at the centre of service planning

 

6

To secure positive socio-economic and environmental impacts

 

Figure 32: Investment Objectives

To enable a better-informed assessment of each shortlisted option in terms of its

performance against the strategic objectives, a more granular set of criteria were developed.  These  benefit  criteria  were  reviewed  during  the  second  Stakeholder Workshop on the 5th July 2017.

Stakeholders concluded that whilst some of the criteria used to assess the preferred

site location for the Future Hospital remained relevant to the assessment of on-site development options, a large number were less useful in assisting in this process. Full details of the Project Objectives Workshop are set out in Appendix 11.

A revised set of Benefit Criteria and Weights were therefore developed to assist the

assessment of the on-site development options for the Future Hospital.

The second stakeholder workshop attendees also considered the need for revised

weightings for the strategic objectives and the weightings for the benefit criteria associated with each strategic objective. The revised benefit criteria and the weightings for these and the expanded set of strategic objectives are set out below:

 

1.0

Safe

To ensure that services can be delivered in a safe manner for service users and staff

40.00%

1.1

To provide facilities that are fit for purpose meeting all regulatory and legislative standards

8.00%

1.2

To provide facilities that support efficient and effective clinical processes through maximising advantages of clinical adjacencies

7.20%

1.3

To provide facilities that support efficient and effective clinical processes through maximising the advantages of standardised operating, treatment and support services spaces

5.60%

1.4

To provide facilities designed to meet the specific health and well-being needs of the wide range of service users

5.60%

1.5

To provide physical environments that contribute to health and wellbeing for service users and their families

2.80%

1.6

To provide a workplace environment that supports and enables staff to deliver a high-quality service

2.80%

1.7

Facilities that can provide 24/7 immediate and urgent care

8.00%

2.0

Sustainable

To ensure that the hospital supports the delivery of sustainable healthcare in all aspects of delivery

20.00%

2.1

To provide facilities that are sufficiently flexible so that they are capable of meeting existing and future acute service demand

4.00%

2.2

To provide facilities that are capable of responding to changing standards of clinical practice

3.60%

2.3

To provide high quality facilities that attract and retain high calibre staff of all grades

2.80%

2.4

To provide an environment that supports and upgrades staff skills

1.40%

2.5

To create high quality facilities that attracts private patients from within and external to Jersey

2.80%

2.6

To provide facilities that support treatment of long term conditions and high levels of co- morbidity

4.00%

2.7

To provide facilities with internal architecture that supports health and well being

1.40%

3.0

Integrated

To deliver facilities that work toward and support an integrated health care model

15.00%

3.1

Does the hospital support the development of Integrated care pathways between different teams including off-Island providers

7.50%

3.2

Does the Option enable an integrated IT solution to be adopted that can secure the added clinical capability available through telemedicine & other similar developments

4.50%

 

3.3

Does the Option support the development of an integrated workforce within the hospital working in pathways and across the different parts of the health and social care economy (e.g. GPs working in hospital, hospital-employed nurses and AHPs working in community / surgeries)

3.00%

4.0

Person centred

To place service users and staff at the centre of service planning

20.00%

4.1

Provide facilities that enable a case management approach to service user care

2.00%

4.2

Provide facilities that enable multi-disciplinary team working

2.00%

4.3

To provide physical environments that support privacy and dignity and a positive service user experience

8.00%

4.4

Provide facilities that support service users and their families and carers

2.00%

4.5

Provide facilities that meet Islanders' expectations regarding the provision of a wide range of health services; reducing the need to travel off-Island

6.00%

5.0

Positive socio- economic impact

To secure positive socio-economic and environmental impacts

5.00%

5.1

To contribute to protecting and enhancing the built environment of St Helier

1.00%

5.2

To provide facilities that establish the hospital as a special place', acting as a community hub and informal as well as formal meeting place for Islanders and visitors

1.00%

5.3

Provide facilities that are low carbon generating

1.00%

5.4

To provide facilities that in their delivery and operation support the creation of sustainable employment for local people in building and maintaining the hospital through skills development and skills transfer

1.00%

5.5

To provide an acute hospital service infrastructure that acts as an attractor to highly skilled staff needed to support key sectors of the Jersey economy.

1.00%

Figure 33: Weighted Benefit Criteria

Evaluation arrangements

In contrast to the high-level appraisal undertaken for the selection of the Preferred Site,

the evaluation of the shortlisted on site hospital development options require the engagement of a wider stakeholder group to comprehensively consider and score each option.

The  shortlisted  options  were  therefore  considered  by  an  evaluation  group  with representatives from the Health and Social Services Department, primary care, out of

hospital  services  groups  and,  the  wider  community.   To  avoid  the  effects  of unconscious bias in the evaluation process, the evaluators selected were wholly independent of those involved in setting the benefit criteria and weights.

To add technical expertise to support evaluators in arriving at option scores, the

evaluation workshop was led by the lead advisor with subject matter experts (SMEs) drawn from the client team and advisors. The SME's role solely being to be available to support evaluators by responding to questions relating to the understanding of the benefit criteria or option content. Full details of the Benefits Appraisal Methodology and Appraiser briefing notes are set out in Appendix 12.

Non-Financial Appraisal Findings

The results from the non-financial benefits appraisal workshop in terms of the raw and

weighted total scores for each option and the respective rankings for each option are set out below:

Benefits Appraisal

Results  Unweighted Results  Weighted Results

Options  Options

1  2  3  4  1  2  3  4 Score  39  47  105  117  1.44  1.72  3.88  4.36 Score %  29%  35%  78%  87%  29%  34%  78%  87% Rank  4th  3rd  2nd  1st  4th  3rd  2nd  1st Differential score % from  (67%)  (60%)  (10%)  0%  (70%)  (61%)  (11%)  0%

best performing option

  Figure 34: Benefit Appraisal Scoring and Ranking

From the above, it can be concluded that:

  • Option 4 is the highest-ranking option both in terms of raw (unweighted) and weighted scores;
  • There is a significant and material differential of over 10% between the highest- ranking Option 4 and the next nearest ranking Option 3; and
  • Options 1 and 2 score poorly, achieving just 29% and 34% (weighted) of the total possible score reflecting that neither Option is considered by stakeholders to  deliver  substantially  or  meaningfully  on  the  project's  strategic  and operational objectives.

A more detailed analysis of the non-financial benefits appraisal results is set out below

and indicates how the above findings reflect an overall weakness in the capabilities of Options 1 and 2 to meet the project's objectives, compared to the investment options and in particular to Option 4:

  • For each of the strategic criteria Options 3 and 4 score substantially higher than Options 1 and 2, for weighted and unweighted scores;
  • Option 4 also scores more highly than Option 3 across all strategic criteria again for weighted and unweighted scores;
  • The degree of difference is negligible between Option 3 and Option 4 with regard to the person centred and socio-economic impacts but is significantly greater  with  regard  to  the  objectives  of  delivering  facilities  to  support  a sustainable and safe model of care. In this respect Option 4 is the most flexible solution;
  • Option 4 scores markedly higher than Option 3 with regard to the Safe' criteria. This is important given that safety and sustainability are considered the most important strategic objectives and is reflected in their accounting for 40%, and 20% of the allocated weightings respectively; and
  • Options 1 and 2 score very poorly with regard to these important strategic objectives again reflecting the fact that Option 1 is included for comparative purposes only, with Option 2 similarly providing an inadequate number of beds to meet existing and increasing demand, inefficient clinical adjacencies and an unattractive poor quality operating environment for staff, patients and visitors.

 

Benefits Appraisal

Results

Unweighted Results

Weighted Results

 

 

Options

Options

Criteria

Weight

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Safe

40%

10

13

26

30

0.62

0.78

1.47

1.71

Ranking

 

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

Sustainable

20%

11

14

29

32

0.27

0.36

0.80

0.89

Ranking

 

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

Integrated

15%

6

6

11

13

0.27

0.27

0.54

0.65

Ranking

 

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

Person Centred

20%

6

7

22

23

0.22

  0.24

0.9

0.92

Ranking

 

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

Socio-econ

5%

6

7

17

19

0.06

  0.07

0.17

0.19

Ranking

 

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

  Figure 35: Detailed Benefit Appraisal Scoring and Ranking

Quantification and monetisation of benefits

The quantification and monetisation of health and other benefits, such as employment

and gross value added, will be undertaken as part of the Full Business Case (FBC) to verify that the Preferred Option continues to offer Value for Money, when compared with the Do Nothing /or Do Minimum Options.

These findings will be used to support the refinement of benefits as new clinical practices become agreed and will inform the detail of Benefits Realisation Plan at FBC.

The assumption underlying the quantum, timing, and quality of patient treatments is

common across all options; only the delivery location and cost is assumed to change reflecting respective option capacity. It is realistic therefore to assume that the cost benefit ratio for Option 4 will be higher than for all other options. That is, it is the most cost effective. It can therefore be taken that:

  • There is greater potential under Option 4 to deliver cost avoidance through Interventions compared to Option 3;
  • That Options 3 and 4 provide significantly greater on-Island capacity than options 1 and 2; and
  • On-Island treatment can be provided at a much lower cost per patient than off Island care.

Cash and non-cash releasing benefits estimation

The potential of each option to deliver cost savings is included in the estimated revenue

costs for each option set out above. The benefit is realised through the extent to which each option supports the implementation of Interventions.

Given their spatial difference and the opportunity to deliver better and more effective

functional relationships within the new build solutions Options 3 and 4 offer significantly more potential for implementing Interventions than Options 1 and 2.

The scale of benefits realised from each intervention for each option, is not separately

identified as part of this analysis, as they do not represent cost savings that can be realised  given  expected  demographic  changes. The  efficiency  and  service reconfiguration savings are needed to meet the expected increased costs driven by demographic  changes  and  therefore  they  effectively  represent  cost  avoidance estimates.

The cost avoidance sums (undiscounted) delivered by each option are as follows;

  • Option 1:  £463.8 million;
  • Option 2:  £671.8 million;
  • Option 3:  £989.9 million;
  • Option 4:  £1,081 million.

The assumptions underpinning the estimated cost avoidance deliverable by each option is set out in Appendix 13.

Distributional effects

A key objective of the Future Hospital project is to raise the quality and access to

hospital services for the population as a whole.

In adopting new hospital design principles, Options 3 and 4 will have a positive impact

on particular societal groups as follows:

  • Age – Options 3 and 4 proposals are targeted at improving access and will improve  treatment  in  particular  for  older  people.  Option  4delivers  this particularly effectively as Westaway Court is replaced with a new build facility;
  • Gender: Options 3 and 4 include a separate women and children's unit is which again  will  positively  improve  the  experience  of  women  and  children  in accessing treatment; and
  • Community groups: In Options 3 and 4, the design of the new main hospital is proposed to include space for use by broader health related groups and out of  hospital  service  providers.  This  will  improve  engagement  and  will constructively support the integration of services around patient needs. Indeed, the design aims for the entrance area in particular to be a social space where Islanders meet regardless of their current health needs.

With regard to other identifiable societal groups such as race, socio-economic group,

or sexual orientation, it is not expected that any of these groups will be relatively, or in absolute terms, disadvantaged by the new hospital.

Rather all these groups will benefit by the provision of increased capacity, a more

externally, and internally accessible building that encourages access and use for a wide range of activity, including health related matters.

Qualitative Risk Appraisal

A qualitative risk assessment was undertaken for the shortlisted options by the same

evaluation group that undertook the non-financial benefits appraisal, that is, with representatives from the Health and Social Services Department, primary care, out of hospital groups and the wider community.

As in the case of benefits, evaluators were supported by subject matter experts (SMEs)

drawn from the client team and advisors.

However, the different nature of the Options meant that developing risk criteria that

would meaningfully apply across all options would be difficult. As such, despite this difficulty, the Strategic Outline Case risk criteria were again used and included risks associated with:

  • Planning and Environment and Transport and Access;
  • Services Infrastructure;
  • Clinical and non-clinical support ;
  • Staff and patient issues; and
  • Construction and Development Opportunity Cost.

As expected, the evaluation group noted that some of the criteria were difficult to

assess, from a non-technical perspective, for some options.

The figure below sets out the results in terms of the raw and weighted risk scores for

each option and their respective rankings.

 

Non-financial Risk Appraisal

 

Unweighted Results

 

Weighted Results

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

Options

 

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Score

218

221

178

103

16.49

19.29

73.47

49.9

Score %

36%

37%

30%

17%

9%

10%

38%

26%

Rank

3

4

2

1

1

2

4

3

Differential score % compared to best performing option

(112%)

(115%)

(73%)

0%

(67%)

(61%)

(47%)

0%

Figure 36: Risk Appraisal Scoring and Ranking

From the above it can be concluded that:

  • In terms of raw scores Options 1 and 2 are considered to present the highest risk, followed by Option 3. Option 4 with a total score of 103 is considered to present the least risk; and
  • In terms of weighted scores Options 1 and 2 are again considered to present the highest risk, however Option 3 is considered to present less risk than option 4.

A more detailed analysis of the qualitative appraisal results is set out below and

illustrates how the different nature of each Option allows them to be ranked differently according to each risk criteria.

However, it is clear that:

  • For the risks considered most important, as reflected in the highest weights allocated to them being, clinical and non-clinical support and staff and patient issues, Option 4 scores particularly well in weighted and unweighted terms both in an absolute and comparative manner.

Risk Appraisal

Results  Unweighted Results  Weighted Results

Options  Options

Criteria  Weight  1  2  3  4  1  2  3  4 Planning &  3.6  0  3  53  38  0  2.8  48.8  34.4

environment

Transport and Access  16.7  2  2  15  15  0.87  0.87  1.08  1.08 Services  10.46  0  0  4  3  0  0  0.11  0.10

Infrastructure

Clinical & non-clinical  28.8  69  74  45  8  4.97  5.33  3.24  0.58 support

Staff and Patient  40.8  145  140  12  6  9.84  9.48  0.82  0.41 issues

Construction  16.1  2  2  40  24  0.81  0.81  19.39  12.9 Development  4.8%  0  0  9  25  0  0  0.43  0.43

Opportunity

Figure 37: Risk Appraisal Detailed Scoring

Whilst this qualitative risk assessment provides a view of project risk delivery, greater

certainty and confidence has been established through a full-quantified risk appraisal that has been completed for viable Options 3 and 4 and which has directly informed the allowance included in each case for Contingency and Optimism Bias.

A similar approach has not been possible for Options 1 and 2 as neither Option

supports a viable scheme for which quantified risk could be identified and costed. However, in being Options within the existing operational hospital it is highly probable that significantly higher levels of risk would be recorded resulting in greater allocation for contingency and optimism bias than noted for Options 3 and 4.

Methodology

This section provides an economic cost appraisal of the four shortlisted options

described in above. The economic appraisal focuses on estimating the net present value of future costs, in keeping with Her Majesty's Treasury (HMT) Green Book guidance. An assumptions log has been kept to record key decisions regarding the assumptions underpinning the costs and benefits for all options and can be found in Appendix 1.

The economic costs for each option have been quantified on a whole life cost basis

using a number of key assumptions and principles as follows;

  • The economic life of the Future Hospital is estimated at 60 years;
  • The appraisal period for all options is 68 years, recognising the transitional period during which the existing hospital is in operation along with a number of enabling schemes until the Future Hospital opens;
  • All costs are at a constant price basis. The base price is 2016/2017;
  • Construction and on costs are discounted at States of Jersey discount rate rather than UK Treasury rate;
  • Revenue costs are discounted at item specific rates;
  • The economic appraisal focuses on expected future real resource costs for the States of Jersey; therefore, it excludes;
    • transfer payments such as capital charges, sales tax;
    • general inflation;
    • depreciation;
    • loan interest charges; and
    • capital charges;
  • The costs do include historic costs for visibility purposes; and
  • The cost of property acquisitions is included. Valuation reports are included in Appendix 33.

The capital and revenue costs identified fall into key categories with in each case, the

sources, and high-level assumptions underlying their estimation, being set out in full in Appendix 13.

The net present value of the capital and revenue costs for each option is set out below

and indicates that Option 4 offers the lowest Net Present Value compared to other Options. Full details of the Generic Economic Model data for all options are set out in Appendix 26 and Appendix 27.

Option 1  Option 2  Option 3  Option 4 Options NPV

Costs and

Ranking  £M  £M  £M  £M

 

Capital NPV (incl. lifecycle)

219.2

230.7

500.3

499.3

Revenue

5,877.9

5,706.2

4,944.8

4,916.4

Transitional costs

18.1

18.1

16.3

16.3

Total NPV

6,115

5,955

5,461

5,432

Option ranking

4

3

2

1

Figure 38: Option NPVs

Value for Money Assessment

In making value based decisions HM Treasury Guidance recognises the value and usefulness  of  monetising  qualitative  scores  to  establish  a  clearer  basis  for understanding the relationship between project cost and the evaluated benefits / risks.

This is achieved by using the Net Present Values (NPV) and the Weighted Benefit

Scores resulting from the non-financial benefits appraisal to calculate a NPV per Weighted Benefit Point. The lower the cost per benefit point, the more cost effective is the option. This analysis of the cost and benefit associated with each option is set out below:

 

 

Option 1

Option 2

Option 3

Option 4

Options VFM Test

 

 

 

 

£M

£M

£M

£M

 

Option NPV

6,115

5,955

5,461

5,432

Option Benefit Points

1.44

1.72

3.88

4.36

NPV cost per Weighted Benefit Point

4,252

3,458

1,406

1,247

Ranking

4

3

2

1

NPV Differential from best Option

(12.6%)

(9.6%)

(0.5%)

-

Figure 39: Options NPVs and Weighted Benefits

The results of the economic appraisal indicate that:

  • Option 4 has the lowest cost per Weighted Benefit Point at £1,247m;
  • Option 3 has the next lowest cost at £1,406 per benefit point; and
  • Options 1 and 2 outcomes reflect extremely poor value for money scores which is indicative of their lack of viability.

Sensitivity analysis in relation to the benefits appraisal

Whilst there is significant difference between Options 1 and 2 and Option 4, the least

and best performing options it is useful to test the sensitivity of the ranking of Option 4 and Option 3 as the top and next best performing options.

The results of the sensitivity analysis is shown below and indicate the scale of change

needed in the cost or performance of Options to achieve the results of the best performing Option. The tests reflect:

  • Test 1 - the improvement needed in the Net Present Value (NPV) of Options 1,2 and 3 to give a NPV per benefit point equal to Option 4; and
  • Test 2 - the improvement needed in the weighted benefit scores of Options 1, 2 and 3 to give a NPV per benefit point equal to Option 4.

 

Inter- Options Sensitivity

Option 1

Option 2

Option 3

Option 4

Test

£M

£M

£M

£M

 

Option NPV

6,115

5,955

5,461

5,432

NPV per Weighted Benefit Point

4,252

3,458

1,406

1,247

Test 1 - NPV reduction required to match NPV per Weighted Benefit Point of best performing option

71%

64%

11%

-

Test 2 – Benefit Score improvement to match NPV per Weighted Benefit Point of best performing option

241%

177%

13%

-

Figure 40: Option Sensitivity Outcomes

The analysis shows that;

  • Keeping weighted benefit constant, the Net Present Value of options 1 and 2 would have to improve by some 71% and 64% respectively to match the Net Present Value per benefit point of Option 4; for Option 3 the NPV would have to improve by 11%; and
  • Keeping NPV constant, this would require an increase of almost 250% for Option 1 and an increase of over 150% for Option 2. For Option 3 to match Option 4 an increase of 13% would be needed in the weighted benefit score, for the net present value per benefit score to equate with Option 4.

In addition to the within option specific sensitivity tests for options 3 and 4 further

sensitivity testing of additional external factors has been completed to verify the robustness of Option 4 across all options as the best performing option in terms of NPV per Weighted Benefit Point. These are summarised below:

 

Considered Sensitivities

 

 Option 1

Option

2

Option

3

Option

4

Option 4 Still Best?

£M

£M

£M

£M

 

NPV (£M)

 

6,115

5,955

5,461

5,432

 

Weighted Benefit Score

 

1.44

1.72

3.88

4.36

 

NPV / Weighted Benefit Point

 

4,252

3,458

1,406

1,247

 

Population growth is less than central scenario of +700 per annum at +325 per annum

NPV

5,694

5,570

5,183

5,155

yes

NPV/ WBP

3,959

3,234

1,334

1,184

yes

 

Population growth is higher than central scenario of +700 per annum at +1,000 per annum

NPV

6,453

6,267

5,713

5,682

yes

NPV/ WBP

4,488

3,640

1,471

1,305

yes

Population growth is higher than central scenario of +700 per annum at +1,500 per annum

NPV

6,977

6,791

6,163

6,129

yes

NPV/ WBP

4,852

3,944

1,587

1,407

yes

Cost increase of 10% on main hospital scheme

NPV

6,123

5,963

5,491

5,460

yes

NPV/ WBP

4,258

3,463

1,414

1,254

yes

Cost increase of 10% on the Enabling Schemes

NPV

6,116

5,956

5,467

5,439

yes

NPV/ WBP

4,253

3,459

1,407

1,249

yes

1-year delay main scheme (options 3 and 4 only)

NPV

-

-

5,474

5,444

yes

NPV/ WBP

-

-

1,409

1,250

yes

2-year delay main scheme (options 3 and 4 only)

NPV

-

-

5,486

5,455

yes

NPV /WBP

-

-

1,412

1,253

yes

2-year delay to main scheme and ES (option 4 only)

NPV

-

-

 

5,460

yes

NPV /WBP

-

-

 

1,254

yes

Figure 41: Outcomes – Single and Combined Parameters

The  sensitivity  analysis  shows  that  if  the  population  growth  is  +325  net  inward

migration scenario i.e. lower than the central scenario of +700 inward migration then the  NPV  of options  1 and  2  will  reduce  substantially  to  £5,694m  and  £5,570m respectively. This is due to the lower levels of off-Island care that would be needed due to reduced demand.

However, even at this relatively low level, the net present value of option 4 remains

lower at £5,155m than that for options 1 and 2.

With regard to potential out-turns of the inward migration scenarios of +1,000 and

+1,500 the performance of Option 3 and 4 significantly improve relative to Options 1 and 2. Again, this is due to the lack of bed capacity within existing hospital and its general capacity to deal increases in demand due to changes in scale and structure of the population demographics.

The sensitivity analyses with regard to cost increases and delays of 1 to 2 years, shows

that whilst the present value of Options 3 and 4 would increase as a result of either of these events, the NPV per Weighted Benefit Point for both options still exceeds that for Option 1 - Do Nothing and for Option 2 - Do Minimum.

Regardless of the changing parameters, programme delay, cost increases, and/or

upward  or  downward  population  estimates,  Option  4  continues  to  be  the  best performing Option under all sensitivity scenarios presented. Full details of the VFM assessment and sensitivity analysis is set out in Appendix 28.

Conclusion

The above analysis indicates that Option 4 is the best performing Option and should

be confirmed as the Preferred Option due to its lower NPV, its lower net present value per benefit score and as it has the lowest unweighted risk score.

The analysis indicates that Option 4 performance is not particularly sensitive to

changes in cost increases, programme delays, population growth assumptions, or benefit appraisal score movements.

The Preferred Option now referred to as The Preferred Scheme

Following the identification of the Preferred Option in this Economic Case, subsequent

Cases in this OBC necessarily focus on assessing the deliverability and affordability of this Option. To avoid confusion with previous Jersey Future Hospital site location appraisals, the term Preferred Scheme' rather than Preferred Option will be used in the assessment of Option 4 in the Commercial, Finance, and Management Cases that follow.

  1. The Commercial Case  

Introduction

Implementation of the Preferred Scheme will be a significant exercise for the States of

Jersey and the project team.

Being the single largest construction project ever undertaken by the States of Jersey,

its scale and the complexity of an acute General Hospital involves significant inherent delivery risk.

The hospital's impact within wider P.82/2012 transformation programmes also means

that the project will have a much broader impact within both the Health and Social Services Department generally and on the local construction economy.

Consequently, the project will be delivered by a combination of on and off-Island

resources. This will create certain logistical challenges while also creating added risk associated with transporting the construction team and other delivery resources onto the Island.

The impact of this project will also be felt across the Jersey construction economy due

to the amount of resource it is likely to draw upon. This will require careful management of existing capital build programmes from States of Jersey to ensure best value for money is obtained across its whole investment portfolio.

The purpose of the commercial case is to set out the planned approach the States of

Jersey will be taking to ensure a successful delivery of the Future Hospital project. This will include making sure there is a competitive market, a commercially beneficial procurement that achieves best value for money and a process that pulls together the commercial strands of the project to allow for timely and effective decision making.

Team Establishment

The Future Hospital Project Team is comprised of consultants managed and procured

by  the  States  of  Jersey's  Agreement  with  Gleeds  Management  Services.  The Agreement covers a fixed fee for the conclusion of RIBA stage 2 design services, the conclusion of the outline business case, the development, and presentation of the outline planning application and the procurement of the main contractor for the Future Hospital works. The Gleeds Management Services Team consists of Gleeds Cost Management, Gleeds Advisory, Gleeds Health and Safety, HASSELL Architects, Arup Engineering, MJ Medical, and Rowney Sharman.

Site Assembly arrangements and overall plan

Numerous options regarding site selection and site configuration have been assessed

and a formal decision has been taken to re-provide the Jersey General Hospital on the existing site and adjoining properties acquired to support it.

The site for the Future Hospital will therefore be created by clearing a portion of the

existing hospital site and augmenting it with key property acquisitions.

 This single site approach allows the Future Hospital to be built in one phase of

construction that retains attractiveness to the construction market and allows safe ongoing operation of the existing hospital on the remainder of the Jersey General Hospital site, due to the absence of alternative hospital provision on Jersey.

 When the design team were evaluating the land area required for the construction site

it had to consider a range of factors including clinical adjacencies, NHS standards of provision and local planning policy. A balance across all these areas was required that still delivered the objectives and benefits identified for the Future Hospital.

 Establishing this site construction requires implementation of a programme of enabling

schemes (ES) to transfer existing activities within the current hospital buildings to an alternative location.

 Having established a detailed understanding of the location of all clinical services on

the site, it was possible to begin to consider which services are critical and which present a lower clinical risk to transfer them to an alternative site. Peter Crill House and Gwyneth Huelin Block contain lower clinical risk activities and are located adjacent to each other, so have been identified for removal to create the Future Hospital construction site.

 A plan of the construction site can be found below and is supported by a further series

of site assembly arrangement plans in Appendix 31.

Figure 42: Overall Site Assembly Plan for the Hospital

 However, the land area created by the removal of these two buildings was not sufficient

to  build  the  size  of  hospital  required,  so  further  land  had  to  be  acquired  from neighbouring properties on Kensington Place.

 This has resulted in a new development area up to 50,000sq.m with an envelope of

approximately 43m high (plus a 4m flue zone) x 49 wide x 140m long, which equates to a building of up to 9 storeys linking Gloucester Street and Kensington Place.

 The figure below defines the components that make up the site for the Future Hospital:

 

Schedule of components within the site

Footprint area m2

Part of Jersey General Hospital Site – Peter Crill House, Gwyneth Huelin Wing, underground carpark and associated curtilage

13,475

The Original Hospital Building (the Granite Block - forecourt and Entrance Lodge)

5,587

 

Schedule of components within the site

m2

Revere Hotel, including Doran's Bistro

3,232

Stafford Hotel

4,396

36-40 Kensington Place

2,292

44 Kensington Place

360

Figure 43: Site Footprint

 Once the ES and acquisitions schemes have been completed, both areas will need to

be demolished to create the space to build the Future Hospital. The demolition of the buildings will need to be carefully considered to ensure the rest of the site can continue functioning as normal, while minimising the disruption and disturbances.

 The new Westaway Court building is part of the solution for the Jersey Future Hospital

project and will provide complimentary services to those provided in the main hospital.

 Upon completion of the development, the Granite Block will be retained to serve the

new  build  hospital  providing  accommodation  for,  administration  and  training departments. The residual site will be retained for future use by the Health and Social Services Department and subject to the development of an Estates Strategy following the approval of the Future Hospital project.

Project Sequencing

 The Jersey Future Hospital project can be broken down into development stages

where some are directly related to the construction of the Future Hospital while others, as already identified, are enabling or pre-requisite works to allow the Future Hospital to be built. These key phases will be outlined in more detail within the commercial case but it is important to understand the impact each phase has on the overall programme. A copy of the full programme can be found in Appendix 23.

Figure 44: Summary Delivery Programme

 The commissioning programme is complex and will require specialist input due to its

technical nature. Post commissioning, a period for transfer activities is required by the Health and Social Services Department to ensure the hospital is ready for use.

 The construction of two additional half decks of hospital parking to the Patriotic Street

car park is a separate project but is linked to the overall programme.

 Post completion there is a requirement to return the administrative functions to the

Granite Block and this work can only begin once the Future Hospital is operational and there is no longer any transitional use for the building. This work can only be completed after the completion of the Future Hospital and transitional arrangements will remain in place for patient drop off and administration, training and development offices.

Enabling Schemes

 The enabling schemes that are required to form the site for construction of the new

Future Hospital, are divided into two categories, and are summarised below. Fuller details can be found in Appendix 15.

  • permanent relocations - where the transferred asset or function will continue to operate alongside the completed Future Hospital;
  • temporary relocations - where the transferred asset or function will be repatriated back into a part of the Future Hospital on its completion;

Permanent Enabling Schemes

  • The demolition and new build of a permanent facility on the site of Westaway Court (ES7) for the creation of a new outpatient's facility that is used as a temporary decant facility for the replacement of outpatients services from Gwyneth  Huelin  (Dermatology  will  return  to  the  Future  Hospital),  a permanent provision of services from Gwyneth Huelin (Physiotherapy), a permanent provision of the Pathology Lab, and the repatriation of services from  Overdale  Hospital  (Diabetes,  Pain,  Rheumatology  and  Neurology Services)
  • The creation of a permanent medical records store and archive in the basement of the Westmount building at Overdale hospital (ES5); used as an ongoing medical records hub until the implementation of the Electronic Patient Record in 2024 from when it will form a medical records archive facility.
  • The  creation  of  a  permanent  Centralised  Production  Unit  for  hospital catering (ES1); this scheme clears part of the area of the interim hospital for use as outpatient's facilities in the temporary state (ES3)
  • Transfer of staff accommodation and key worker housing to Andium Homes (ES9) will be undertaken on a permanent basis, these new facilities will provide housing for staff currently situated in Westaway Court and Peter Crill House.

Temporary Enabling Schemes

  • The construction of a temporary clinic block (ES4) and the reorganisation of space on the ground and first floor of the Parade, Granite and 1960's wings (ES3/ES8)  allows  for  the  temporary  relocation  of  outpatient  facilities  that require to remain on site, due to their clinical adjacencies with the hospital. These services will be subsequently provided in the Future Hospital.
  • A transfer to a leased building will undertake the relocation of corporate offices, training and development and medical secretaries and consultants (ES6), this facility will be within St Helier and a short distance from the interim hospital. The  refurbishment  of  the  Granite  Block  will  allow  these  services  to  be repatriated where appropriate.

 The enabling schemes are integral to the full project programme and form part of the

critical  path.  The  schemes  need  to  be  completed  and  operational  before  the construction site can be cleared. The enabling schemes have been identified as follows:

 

Reference

Enabling scheme

Start date

End date

ES1

Creation of Catering CPU

Dec 2017

July 2018

ES4

Construction of Temporary Clinic Block

June 2018

Dec 2018

ES5

Transfer of Medical Records to Westmount Basement

Jan 2018

July 2018

ES6

Corporate Services and Education Centre relocation

Jan 2018

Jun 2018

ES7

Transfer of Clinics to Westaway Court

Jan 2018

Apr 2020

ES8 & ES3

Reorganisation / refurbishment of first floor Parade, Granite & 1960 wings and transfer of clinics

Jan 2018

Feb 2019

ES9

Re-siting of critical Plant and Systems

Jan 2018

Feb 2019

ES10

Transfer of Staff accommodation to Andium Homes

Dec 2017

Dec 2018

Figure 45: Enabling Schemes Start and Completion Dates

 ES7 has been identified as on the critical path of the project programme. It has been

prioritised for delivery to ensure it can be completed without delaying the programme. There is some float within the other ES works but any significant delays could result in them also becoming part of the critical path.

Acquisition Requirements

 The States of Jersey have commissioned BNP Paribas to undertake independent

market valuations of the freehold properties. Although these valuation reports fall outside the scope of the 2014 edition of the RICS Valuation - Professional Standards, (the "Red Book") effective 6 January 2014, however they did follow the principles wherever practical.

 The approach the States of Jersey will take will be to attempt to buy the properties via an open market route however if this is not achievable then consideration will be given

to use compulsory purchase powers available under Article 8 of the 2002 Planning law.

 The BNP Paribas market valuations reports will form the basis of any negotiations with

landowners to ensure an effective acquisition of the properties. Demolition of the properties and establishment of the construction site would not be able to begin until all acquisitions have been completed and all properties have been vacated.

 The States of Jersey will ensure that the most appropriate and efficient strategy of

acquiring the properties is undertaken to prevent delays and additional costs being incurred. Any delays with completion of the acquisitions could result in a delay in the programme for the Future Hospital. The indirect costs attributed to a delay in the programme are likely to be far greater than those directly attributed to the acquisitions and could even put the project at risk.

Main Hospital

 The development of the Future Hospital will need to be fit for purpose and meet the

objectives of the Health and Social Services Department and States of Jersey as identified in the Project Brief.

 A design team has been established to provide this expertise throughout the project

lifecycle. The design development of the hospital will follow the industry established RIBA Plan of Work 2013 stages of development. The project is currently substantially through Stage 2 – Concept Design and work is continuing to complete this in line with the project programme.

 The main hospital will be built to comply with Hospital Building Note (HBN) and HTM requirements with no substantive derogations other than the target to reduce the floor

area by 15% where safe and sustainable to do so. Any further derogations from the standards will need to be signed off by the Project Board. A copy of RIBA Stage 1 Overview is included in Appendix 37 that details the design brief and includes an initial schedule of accommodation that is continuously refined during the design process.

 The RIBA stage 2 programme reaches conclusion in December 2017, this is a series

of programmed engagements with the Clinical Stakeholders to gain approval of the design. The iterative process maximises stakeholder input whilst ensuring that design evolution can be delivered within the cost, time and quality aspirations of the States of Jersey.

Figure 46: RIBA Stage 2 Outline Programme

 The outline planning application for the scheme was submitted in June 2017 based on

RIBA Stage 1 design information. It is anticipated that this will result in a number of reserved matters and/or conditions. Resolution of these reserved matters/conditions will be a duty that the appointed contractor will work alongside the existing design team to resolve during the Pre Contract Services Agreement (PCSA) period and subsequent construction stage. A copy of the Design and Access Statement submitted with the Outline  Planning  Application  can  be  found  in  Appendix  38,  which  details  the contribution and impact of the Future Hospital on the potential future townscape in terms of visual impact and accessibility.

 The contractor will work with the design team during RIBA Stage 3 and take over

responsibility for the design at the conclusion of RIBA Stage 3 upon entering into the main contract. The detailed planning application will be prepared utilising RIBA Stage 3 design information and is due for submission at the end of 2018.

 RIBA Stage 4 – Technical Design is integral to the success of the complex construction

therefore, it has been a key consideration from the outset and will continue to be integral throughout the design process. MJ Medical specialises in supporting the design of medical facilities and has been part of the design team to provide appropriate expertise.

Figure 47: Timetable for RIBA Stage Development of Main Hospital

Procurement approach

 A procurement strategy has been produced to govern the selection of a contractor for

all contracts involved in the delivery of the Future Hospital.

 When assessing the appropriate procurement strategy to utilise, consideration has

been given to the specific procurement environment of Jersey. This has created parameters that are unique to Jersey and this project.

 It has been identified by the States of Jersey that the delivery of goods and services

needs to be through on-Island partners wherever it is feasible and appropriate to do so. The construction industry on Jersey has a limited capacity and lacks the design and  construction  specialism  for  a  project  of  this  size  and  scope.  Therefore,  a partnership between on and off-Island providers will be necessary.

 The Jersey Future Hospital project will have a direct impact on the construction

economy of Jersey and may even have an adverse impact on other projects across the Island. It will be important to manage the States of Jersey construction portfolio to ensure all public funded projects are achieving best value and appropriately using public funds.

 These parameters will shape the procurement strategy for each scheme and although

Jersey is outside of the EU, and has its own procurement processes, compliance with EU Directives has encouraged best practice in the procurement of contracts.

Enabling Schemes

 Each of the enabling schemes is being treated as a separate contract due to a number

of factors. The technical challenges of each scheme are different and by separating out the contracts ensure that the contractors with the required expertise can be utilised on the contracts that best suits them.

 The scale and timing of the works required have been assessed and they have been

identified as appropriate for local delivery. This approach will offer best value for money while utilising the on-Island resource as these smaller packages of work can be delivered more cost effectively and at lower risk than an off-Island contractor will.

 Each individual enabling scheme will have a specific scope of works, contract, and

procurement procedure dependent on their specific circumstances. These have all been developed with managing risk and obtaining best value for money as key assessment criteria when determining which approach to adopt. To ensure this is delivered effectively, a procurement strategy for each ES scheme will be developed outlining the approach to be taken. The procurement strategies that have been complete for the enabling schemes to date can be viewed in Appendix 20.

Main Hospital

 Considering the size and complexity of the development and the intention to minimise

the risk exposure on States of Jersey, there will be one single contract for the main hospital works. In delivering this single contract, it is imperative to be cognisant of the effective operation of the new hospital following handover. A priority objective of the contract scope is ensuring the effective transition from construction to operation that will include resource and training to address any defects and necessary training of the Future Hospital team.

 Following a review with technical advisors and the requirement of the need to ensure

a smooth transition from construction to operation, the States of Jersey will adopt principles  of  Soft  Landings[1]  (SL)  and  embrace  Building  Services  Research  and Information  Association  (BSRIA)  and   Government  Soft  Landings  (GSL) methodologies by acceptance of the best practice principles contained within this strategies

 The SL strategy and scope will be developed via workshop processes, deliverables, and output requirements articulated as a result. Best practice will be followed, to

guarantee  SL  is  considered  in  design,  delivery  and  training,  ultimately  ensuring seamless transition to handover and operation.

 The Jersey Future Hospital Soft Landings strategy will identify specific targets for

measurement including hard and soft measures that will be developed during the course of the PCSA with input from the contractor as required. These targets will be integrated  as  part  of  the  wider  sustainability  function  and  a  Building  Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Model (BREEAM) target of "Excellent".

 With regards to the resourcing of the Client's team responsible for operating the Future

Hospital, this is a matter that can be addressed in advance of handover when there will be a better understanding of the Client's resources available to maintain the Future Hospital at the time. This will inform whether there is a requirement to procure a Facilities Management contract, which would be separate from the construction works contract.

Equipment Strategy

 As the design progresses through the development process, there will be a focus on

integrating the equipment into the design and the Equipment Strategy will continue to evolve and develop within the constraints of the agreed approach defined in the strategy. This will be an informed process relating to information received from the Jersey  Future  Hospital  project  team  and  the  developing  design.  An  Equipment Strategy has been developed and can be found in Appendix 21.

 It is acknowledged that the equipment requirements will become more precisely defined as the scheme progresses manifesting in the further development of the Room

Data. In the event that the design team or construction team develop innovative proposals in relationship to room function or particular items of equipment, the Activity Data Base (ADB) coding and Equipment Responsibility Matrix (ERM) classification will be  agreed  prior  to  incorporation  into  the  design  or  construction  proposals.  A comprehensive review of existing assets against an agreed assessment criterion will be undertaken by the hospital engineering team to determine asset transfer suitability.

 An Equipment Committee (EC), chaired by a senior officer from the Health and Social

Services  Department,  is  established  as  a  working  strand  of  the  overall  Project structure. This Group will be tasked with working alongside the existing hospital equipment programme to further develop the project Equipment Strategy and the commissioning of the identified equipment.

 The Jersey Future Hospital project team will approach the equipment provision as a mixed economy to ensure that it obtains best value from the available procurement options. This mixed economy means considering options such as capital expenditure,

inclusion within the bulk/standardised procurement, managed equipment services, lease purchase, and charitable donations where relevant.

 The Jersey Future Hospital project team have also determined certain key principles

with which it wishes the construction team to comply with in their responses on equipment provision. Details of these can be found in the Equipment Strategy.

 At this stage, it is assumed that the scheme will include the provision of some items of

medical and non-medical equipment by the contractor, but the scope of this provision will need to be subject to regular review up to the award of contract. The procurement of equipment will be in line with existing States of Jersey procurement policies and procedures.

Design responsibility

 The design team, of Hassel and Arup, will novate to the appointed contractor to ensure

continuity. The wording of the novation agreement, to be included within the Invitation to Tender (ITT), will stipulate that the liability for the entire design be transferred to the contractor and in doing so achieve a single point of responsibility for design and construction. GMS' Project Management, Cost Management and Health and Safety services (including the role of Health and Safety Project Coordinator) would not be novated nor would the services of the Healthcare Planner, MJM.

 To ensure the States of Jersey retain design expertise within its project team, a team

of Technical Advisors will need to be employed to assist throughout the design and construction  phases.  As  the  tender  process  encourages  the  contractor  to  bring innovation and buildability in to the design, the team of technical advisors will be required to review and check design iterations on behalf of the States of Jersey. This design advice would continue through the detailed design stage to include design contributions from specialist trade sub-contractors and into the post contract period to support any design changes from agreed scope change.

 Consideration has been given as to who could provide this advice. These roles will

include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  project  and  programme  Management,  cost management, health and safety advice, architectural, building services, structural engineering,  highways  engineering,  medical  planning,  and  acoustic  engineering expertise.

 Quality management will be carried out through a Design Quality Indicator (DQI)

external assessor initially for stages 1-3 of the design quality indicator. After Stage 3, the formal role of Technical Supervisor will be subject to the States of Jersey's agreed Technical Advise procurement.

 The  use  of  DQI  and  BREEAM  (Building  Research  Establishment  Environmental

Assessment Model) will be rigorously adopted, reviewed, and updated during the design development and business case preparation stages in order to achieve quality and a sustainable design solution. The completed DQI Stage 1 briefing and the BREEAM pre-assessment can be found in Appendices 18 and 17 respectively.

Procurement Process

 The  Jersey  Future  Hospital  will  comply  with  States  of  Jersey  procurement

requirements.

 The Jersey Future Hospital project will, in accordance with the Detailed Procurement

Strategy, undertake a Restricted Process procurement route to ensure the financial standing  and  technical  capability  of  the  main  contractors.  A  copy  of  the  full Procurement Strategy can be found in Appendix 19.

 Due to the challenges the project presents, a two-stage tender process provides

significant benefits in mitigating risk, buildability, and design innovation.

 The Two-stage tendering has been adopted for a number of reasons, including:

  • achieving early appointment of the main contractor ahead of the completion of design, and potentially a quicker start on site;
  • Securing  the  involvement  of  a  contractor  for  pre-contract  services  on  a competitive basis, to obtain input on buildability, sequencing and sub-contractor selection;
  • Retaining greater client involvement in the pre-selection and appointment of subcontractors;
  • Motivating the design and construction team to drive out cost and to drive in value; and
  • Transferring a greater degree of design and construction risk to the contractor.

Figure 48: Procurement Process

 Due to the complexity of the design and operating capabilities of a Future Hospital,

approximately 40% of the contract sum will be attributed to the mechanical and electrical (M&E) services installation for which buildability and innovation advice is necessary from our appointed contractor team. Therefore, the first-stage tender will seek the procurement of the main contractor and their preferred M&E services sub- contractor such that expert advice across all elements of the design is available from RIBA Stage 3.

 In line with the procurement timetable, set out in the figure below, the Pre-Qualification

Questionnaire (PQQ) has been completed, with an assessment undertaken in line with the appraisal process. Following this detailed assessment, the project is proceeding into the ITT stage.

 

Deliverable

Date

 

Prior Information Notice

30th June 2017

PQQ issue

5th July 2017

Latest date for receipt of PQQ applications (the Deadline')

2nd August 2017

Approval of shortlist (notify applicants)

8th September 2017

Launch of ITT

9th October 2017

ITT latest date for receipt of tenders

1st December 2017

Conduct interviews

w/c 8th January 2018

Notify results of tender evaluation

23rd January 2018

PCSA contractor appointed

23rd January 2018

PCSA commences

1st February 2018

Figure 49: ITT Timetable

Selection Criteria

 The selection criteria have been formulated by giving due consideration to the Core

Objectives of the procurement strategy, which brings a focus on tenderers having to demonstrate a capability of delivering a complex construction project in a remote location, involving an appropriate level of on-Island resources and ensuring a high- quality facility is delivered.

 The  first  selection  criteria  were  based  upon  the  results  of  the  pre-qualification

questionnaire and included selection criteria relating to the following themes.

 

PQQ Evaluation Theme

Evaluation Approach

 

Company Information

PASS / FAIL

Declarations and Conflicts of Interest

PASS / FAIL

Insurances

PASS / FAIL

Financial Status and Legitimacy

PASS / FAIL

Health and Safety

PASS / FAIL & SCORED

Health and Safety Procedure

SCORED

Experience and Capability

SCORED

Quality Management

SCORED

Environmental Management

SCORED

Figure 50: PQQ Evaluation Criteria

 The PQQ process identified companies that demonstrated their experience and track

record of delivering works of a similar scale and complexity as well as meet other due diligence criteria. The PQQ process was open to all applicants and will be conducted on the Channel Islands Tender Portal.

 The PQQ process identified the potential Mechanical and Electrical delivery partners

of each applicant enabling due diligence to be carried out on this key element of the supply-chain during this early stage of the procurement process.

 The first-stage tender will comprise the Instructions to Tenderers (including the scoring

matrix), Pricing Information, and Qualitative Questions, the Pre-Construction Services Agreement,  the  design  brief,  specifications,  drawings  and  other  project  related information  deemed  relevant  at  this  stage  for  the  contractors  to  submit  a comprehensive response.

 The first-stage competition will be based on deliverables including a construction

programme and method statement, detailed preliminaries pricing, and overheads and profit. The first-stage will include lump sums for pre-construction services, design fees, risk margins for work that will not be tendered in the second-stage.

 This approach will achieve an early appointment of a Contractor to a lump-sum

contract. For the first-stage, the objective is to competitively appoint, based on limited information, a preferred Contractor for further negotiation to conclude the Target Cost.

 At this point the intention is that the ITT will include selection criteria relating to the

following themes:

 

ITT Evaluation Theme

Evaluation Approach

 

Health and Safety

Scored

Island Interface and use of Supply-Chain

Scored

PCSA Resource, Management and Delivery

Scored

Main Contract Resource, Management and Delivery

Scored

Figure 51: ITT Selection Criteria

 Following the ITT evaluation, each tenderer will be invited to an interview to answer a

series of predefined questions to assess their ability to deliver the contract to meet the procurement strategy objectives.

 Careful consideration has been given to ensure the most appropriate tender evaluation

scoring ratios factoring in current levels of detailed design information available, the relative importance of each element while maximising the innovation, buildability, and value for money.

 The ITT scoring ratios will be.

 

Quality – 60%

Price – 40%

 

 

Written response – 40%

Preliminaries – 10%

Interview – 20%

Overheads and profit – 25%

 

Pre-construction services – 5%

Figure 52: ITT Scoring Ratios

Pre Contract Services Agreement

 During the PCSA stage, the contractor is required to undertake procurement activities

in order to establish the target cost, this will be mapped out within a New Engineering Contract (NEC) "Accepted Programme" for the PCSA Deliverables that is issued for Acceptance  under  the  PCSA  Contract.  To  ensure  consistency  of  procurement approach across the works contract, the contractor will be required to produce works package Bills of Quantities; this would be a deliverable written into the PCSA.

 The establishment of the project cost during the PCSA and throughout the contractor's

appointment will not be limited to lowest cost wins'. By employing this approach, it will remain consistent in procuring best value, rather than selecting lowest cost, throughout the supply chain. In respect of sub-contract tendering, whilst all sub-contract tenders are issued and returned through the contractor's portal, access to the portal must be provided to the GMS and States of Jersey team so the sub-contract tendering process is transparent.

 Finally, from a contractual perspective, the PCSA will include a clause that stipulates

that States of Jersey have no obligation to enter into a works contract following completion of the services set out in the PCSA.

Commissioning

 Due to the relative complexity of a hospital's mechanical and electrical (M&E) services

and the importance of making sure they operate as they are designed to, it is imperative that these systems are robustly commissioned. Therefore, an independent commissioning company will be appointed from RIBA Stage 3, whose role will be to initially advise the designers on the ability of the design to be commissioned and to then carry out the witnessing of the testing and commissioning of the hospital's M&E systems.

 The testing and commissioning of the services will remain with the installation sub-

contractor rather than the independent commissioning company i.e. this will be a witnessing role rather than a hands-on commissioning role, to ensure a single point of responsibility. This role will be tendered to competent commissioning companies with a record of accomplishment in commissioning large, complex buildings to ensure that States of Jersey is receiving best value.

Contract Type

 The Future Hospital project is a high value project with a high-risk profile, due to various local factors and design complexity, with a strong emphasis to deliver the works contract  within  budget.  Additional  project  objectives  identified  were  to  maximise

buildability and innovation in to the design, facilitated by early contractor engagement through a two-stage tender approach.

 Soft market testing was conducted with potential contractors to seek their views on a

preferential contract route, Joint Contracts Tribunal (JCT) Design and Build or ECC, and the contractors were comfortable with either option being used on this project. A full options appraisal for the contract strategy was undertaken, including the objective to establish a collaborative high performing team culture, has led the project team to propose a NEC 3 ECC Option C - Target Cost contract.

 A Target Cost contract strategy recognises that the quantification of risks on a large

complex project is not straightforward and therefore would provide the contractual mechanism for equitably managing the risk and distributing the savings associated with contractor innovation whilst meeting the client's objective, through the provision of a Guaranteed Maximum Price , of achieving cost certainty.

 It is the intention for contractor and subcontractor's contracts to be back to back to

incentivise cost savings and risk sharing throughout the supply chain. With regards to the Client's and Contractor's share percentages and share ranges, the tenderers will be requested to make their own proposals as part of the ITT, which would then be scored as part of the Qualitative submission. In addition, legal advice on the proposed pain/gain share model is being sought from Shepherd & Wedderburn.

 It is proposed to use the 5-Zone Model for managing the share percentages of the

target cost contract. The model will be tested with proposed fee percentages through the independent client commercial advisor (EY), for pain/gain and agreed percentages over and below the target cost agreed to set the upper and lower limits of the zones.

 During the PCSA period, challenge to contractor pricing will be through parallel costing

and or end checks for packages. To bolster this cost review process, a Technical Advisor may be appointed to ensure that consideration is given to the proposed contractors specification and buildability change proposals.

Proposed contract lengths

 The following contract lengths will be considered:

  • Enabling Works Construction – 2 years (2018 to 2020);
  • Preconstruction Services Agreement – 2 years (2018-2019);
  • Works Contract – 6 years (2019 to 2024);
  • Post Contract Evaluation and Management Period – 3 years (2024 to 2027); and
  • Granite Block Construction, Post Contract Evaluation and Management – 2 years (2024 to 2026).

Proposed key contractual clauses

 The proposed NEC3 contract will be amended with a series of Z clauses that have

been provided by the legal advisor, reviewed by the States of Jersey, and approved for inclusion in the contract.

 This schedule of additional conditions of contract is attached in Appendix 35. This

defines the Secondary Option Z (additional conditions of contract) and amends the NEC3 Engineering and Construction Contract April 2013 (the "NEC3"). In the event of any ambiguity between the provisions of this schedule of additional conditions of contract  and  the  other  provisions  of  the  un-amended  NEC3  standard  form,  the provisions of this schedule of additional conditions of contract shall prevail and take precedence over the NEC3 standard form provisions.

Cost Management Strategy and Market Intelligence

 The Project Team have adopted a Cost Management Strategy that reflects best

practice guidance, using UK standard benchmarks and cost data to create Works Costs, local and UK data to benchmark Location Factor and Inflation Costs and Contingencies that reflect the current project risk profiles.

Works Costs

 The Works cost has been based upon the Health Premises Cost Guide and measured

on-costs and have been benchmarked against a number of major hospital construction projects. As the Stage 2 design continues to develop, the cost plan is being regularly updated to reflect the emerging design.

 The works costs include both the main hospital and relocation projects. Costs are

based upon a measure of the works to be undertaken with rates applied and adjusted for the design development agreed to date. Further details on the methodology and capital cost forms can be found in Appendices 24 and 25.

 The cost estimates for Option 3 and 4 of the OBC have been generated from the

Outline Planning Application information, combined with the status of design for all relocation projects.

 The cost plan is being used as a tool to manage the project scope and design to remain

within the current project budget. As design development and scope have evolved, value management sessions have been held to address this and align the project to the available budget.

 Value management workshops have also been held for the relocation projects.

Location Factor

The factor applied (24% uplift to the base rates) has been reviewed (in line with the quarterly review); Appendix 24 report details how this figure has been derived.

Equipment Costs

A 15% allowance for equipment was established and has been fixed as a lump sum

budget. This allowance has been benchmarked against existing hospital projects and will be detailed in subsequent phases of the design, as the detailed room plans are created in RIBA stage 3, alongside the evolution of the Equipment Strategy. Equipment will be transferred from the existing hospital to bridge any gap that emerges.

Contingency

The contingency allowance remains intact and has not been drawn down at this stage.

Contingency is expressed in two locations within the cost estimate; construction risks are held within the works cost budget and client contingency is held separately from the works cost.

Inflation

In order to monitor any movement in inflation we are reviewing inflation forecasts on a

quarterly  basis  to  gauge  the  markets  perception  of  future  tender  price  inflation movement. Our last review was based upon the Building Cost Information Service (BCIS) Tender Price Indices (TPI) for July 2017, the findings of which are incorporated in the current cost plan and within the OBC.

Application of the July 2017 BCIS Indices resulted in minimal movement from the BCIS

forecasts previously applied. We will continue to monitor inflation forecasts from both the BCIS and the wider market and report upon findings.

Management of Design and Cost Integration

Regular cost review of the iterative design process and ongoing benchmarking, into and beyond stage 2, provides budget and value management information for the Project Team and Project Board to manage the delivery of the Future Hospital within

its cost, time, and qualitative constraints. The involvement and engagement of clinical

stakeholders in the evolution of the design maximises the value from their input at this project stage.

Market Intelligence

Market Engagement and Research has been undertaken through a soft market testing

process with nineteen potential bidders for the main hospital scheme. This interface followed a prior issue of an Overview Briefing to the bidders on the scheme, comprising the scheme's type and size, proposed contract type and an overview of the delivery programme.

The potential bidders approached were identified as being competent and capable of

delivering the Future Hospital project based on prior projects completed of a similar type and scale. Of the contractors that were contacted, eight positively responded to the engagement process.

Market capacity to deliver was appraised in respect of the Island's resources in

conjunction  with  an  off-Island  supplier  resourcing  solution.  Research  undertaken suggests that the current on-Island construction market is buoyant at present in terms of both local main contractors and therefore their onward sub-contract supply-chain.

The off-Island supplier capacity is able to support delivery of a remote scheme and

bidders in this regard raised no concerns. The risk for remote delivery is focused on delays caused by the weather and how this may influence the transport of materials. This indicates that bonded storage is required as a mitigation.

After the appointment under the PCSA, the contractor will be required to perform a

health check on the budget against the proposed design.

Construction approach

A project of this size and nature will create substantial challenges and the project team

will develop mitigation plans which include:

  • All  parties  are  required  to  manage  the  contract  proactively  and  work  in collaboration with the States of Jersey, Contractor, the Supervisor  (when appointed),  and  the  Services  Director  as  stated  within  the  Conditions  of Contract and in a spirit of mutual trust and co-operation;
  • The Island location of the construction site will require the contractor to consider the logistical challenges and added risk of delays caused by poor weather on deliveries. To mitigate against this, it is proposed that a bonded storage will be created close to the construction site to keep the project on schedule;
  • Given  the  sensitive  nature  of  the  location  of  the  construction  works,  a considered approach to construction will be required to minimise the impact of excessive noise, traffic, dust creation, and vibration;
  • Relevant legislation will need to be complied with during the construction phase to ensure these negative impacts are reduced as practicably possible. This includes the Statutory Nuisances (Jersey) Law 1999, which covers a wide range  of public  nuisances  and  provides guidance  on  how  noise  may  be controlled;
  • As required by the Planning and Building (Jersey) Law 2002, a Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP) is required, detailing specifically how environmental impacts such as noise and vibration will be monitored and controlled during the construction phase;
  • The contractor will be required to operate in accordance with the guidance provided in the States of Jersey Environmental Health Best Practice Guide on Noise Control on Construction and Demolition Sites (2015);
  • An assessment has been undertaken to consider the effects on the surrounding environment, including the premises around the site and remaining hospital buildings, of noise and vibration associated with the demolition, construction and operation of the hospital; and
  • The assessment approach was discussed and communicated with the States of Jersey Environmental Health Officer (EHO) to agree scope and methodology while taking into account of the key policies, guidance, and legislation.

While evaluating the impact of noise and vibration the assessment made using several

assumptions  in  relation  to  the  adherence  to  best  industry  practice  and  utilising information from previous similar previous projects. The summary of the assessment was;

 

Potential Effect

Significance -

- pre - mitigation

Mitigation

Significanc e -Post mitigation

Comments

 

Traffic noise

Significant

Construction vehicles mainly accessing the site between the hours of 0800-1800 Monday to Friday and 0800-1300 Saturday. Disturbance from construction vehicles to residents will be mitigated and minimised through

Significant

Properties located on Lewis Street are likely to be impacted during demolition and construction due to diversions, however there are likely to be no health impacts.

 

 

 

implementation of the CEMP

 

 

Demolition and construction noise

Significant

Planning of demolition in order to provide screening from remaining structures. Noise barriers to reduce levels at the hospital buildings. Positioning of/screening/enclosures for generators or pumps. Agreements between JFH and the contractor about working hours, construction and mitigation methods. CEMP to outline best practice.

Not significant

Significance criteria may be exceeded at NSR D (Hospital Lab Block) and F (Kensington Place) for short periods. Mitigation to reduce noise levels as to not cause likely health impacts.

Demolition and Construction vibration

Not significant

CEMP to outline best practice. Liaison with nearby residents to reduce the impact of perceptible vibration.

Not significant

NSRs F (Kensington Place) and G

(Kensington Place) have the potential for vibration to be perceptible for short periods.

Figure 53: Noise and Vibration Impact Assessment and Mitigation

Particular consideration would be given to the careful selection of plant, construction

methods, and programming to minimise the noise impact. Equipment would be sited as far from sensitive areas or as close to any acoustic screen located between the activities as reasonably practicable. Site-specific measures would also be employed where reasonably practicable and will be detailed within the CEMP.

In  relation  to  vibration,  best  practicable  means  (BPM)  would  include  review  of

groundwork processes and the time of day of operation depending on the sensitivity of the neighbouring buildings. This would be coordinated as part of the liaison exercise.

During construction, road closures are proposed along Newgate Street and part of

Kensington Place between the junctions with Kensington Street and the exit to Patriotic Street Multi Storey Car Park (MSCP). Mitigation measures will need to be agreed and implemented to allow traffic to continue to flow around the construction site and minimise impact.

There will be different approaches during the construction phases to mitigate the impact of noise, dust creation, and vibrations. Each phase will create different issues

and  will  require  well-considered  solutions.  Matters  may  arise  daily  and  so  daily

meetings  are  essential  coupled  with  a  clear  line  of  authority  and  effective communication channels.

To address these issues, a number of counter-measures will be deployed, broken into

the following categories;

  • Active measures, such as designed solutions to minimise the impact of work on site;
  • Passive measures, such as the selection of supply chain partners with a demonstrated track record and the installation of noise barriers; and
  • Engagement  measures,  such  as  ongoing  and  purposeful  stakeholder engagement and planning of work times to minimise impact.

Required services

This is for a construction contract only and all services required to support the

maintenance of the Interim Hospital and management of the Future Hospital, post- handover, will continue to be provided by the Health and Social Services Department and Jersey Property Holdings.

Risk Transfer

The management of risks is fundamental to the successful delivery of the project and

this will be covered in more detail within the management case. Through this process, a project risk register has been developed with financial costs assigned as mitigation. Where known, these costs have been included as contingency and where they are not quantifiable, they have factored into the optimism bias. The contingency and optimism bias is covered in more detail within the Finance Case.

The general principle is that risks should be passed to the party best able to manage

them', subject to value for money. The purpose of the contracting strategy is to strike the balance between risk allocation and contractor incentivisation.

The Accepted Programme, which sits at the heart of the ECC, draws upon the relevant

risks that will be reflected in terms of Time Risk Allowance to ensure a co-ordinated set of project controls documentation is in place throughout the contract.

This allocation of risk will be tested with the appointed contractor during the PCSA

period in association with Target Cost setting. Those risks that are considered best shared between the client and contractor would comprise the risk contingency.

An initial assessment of risks and allocation of responsibility between client and

contractor has been undertaken and a summary of this can be found in the figure below;

 

Risk Category

Potential allocation

Public

Private

Shared

1. Design risk

 

 

2. Construction and development risk

 

 

 

3. Transition and implementation risk

 

 

 

4. Availability and performance risk

 

 

 

5. Operating risk

 

 

 

6. Variability of revenue risks

 

 

 

7. Termination risks

 

 

 

8. Technology and obsolescence risks

 

 

 

9. Control risks

 

 

 

10. Residual value risks

 

 

 

11. Financing risks

 

 

 

12. Legislative risks

 

 

 

13. Other project risks

 

 

 

Figure 54: Risk Transfer Matrix

  1. The Finance Case

Introduction

This finance case sets out the whole life financial costs associated with the delivery of

Option 4 - the Preferred Scheme, as described in the Economic Case.

It also sets out the whole life financial costs associated with the delivery of Option 1,

the Do Nothing' option as described in the Economic Case. As stated in the economic case Option 1 is included as a baseline and is not a viable option to meet the strategic and operational objectives of the Health and Social Services Department for the hospital in the short, medium, or long term. The presentation of Option 1 costs here is to give visibility to the service delivery costs that are forecast in the scenario of a Do Nothing / business as usual approach.

The Finance Case differs from the Economic Case in that it deals with the financial

cost of the project to the States of Jersey. This includes addressing matters such as cash flows associated with interest payable on loans and includes inflation rather than setting out only the resource costs that, in keeping with UK HMT Guidance, is the sole focus of the Economic Case.

The purpose of this Finance Case is therefore to set out the detail of the project cash costs,  namely;  the  nature,  scale,  profile  and  the  cost  drivers  associated  with implementing the Preferred Scheme over the whole life of the project, and as noted

above it also sets out the detail regarding the cost of not implementing the Preferred Scheme by drawing a comparison with the Do Nothing' option over the same period.

In the UK the OBC would ordinarily be used to demonstrate affordability and seek

approval for associated capital and revenue spend. Due to jurisdictional difference between the States of Jersey and the UK this OBC is not seeking revenue or capital funding approval for the estimated Future Hospital costs as set out in this Finance Case. This is due to:

  • The  capital  funding  costs  being  the  subject  of  a  separate  Report  and Proposition prepared by the Treasury and Resources Minister. This will seek approval  to  the  detail  of  the  approach  recommended.   The  Report  and Proposition  will  set  out  the  funding  options  considered  and  will  provide justification and evidence for the recommended way forward; and
  • Revenue funding can only be approved through the States of Jersey's Medium Term Financial Planning (MTFP) process. The current MTFP runs to 2019 with growth approved on an annual basis.

Affordability Assessment

This OBC whilst not seeking approval to capital and revenue expenditure does seek to

set out the cost elements of service delivery resulting from the operation of the existing Jersey General Hospital in the remaining years of MTFP2 and future MTFP periods and costs driven by demographic change and/or the construction and operation of the Future Hospital. This is because cognisance needs to be taken that in approving the delivery of the Future Hospital as described in the preferred scheme in this business case, these  on-going revenue  costs  will  drive  and  inform  additional  expenditure requirements for the remaining years of MTFP2, and MTFP bids in future years, in a scale and profile similar to that set out in this finance case.

As future-funding bids as noted above will be informed by the capital and revenue costs

set  out  in  this  finance  case,  a  high-level  assessment  of  affordability  has  been undertaken at a States of Jersey level. In assessing affordability, the following capital and revenue costs are considered:

  • Capital affordability
    • The current estimated capital cost against the £466 million envelope approved in P110/2016 for a new build hospital; and
    • Financing charges associated with the funding of the forecast capital cost.
  • Revenue affordability
    • Future Hospital clinical and non-clinical costs; and
    • Building and equipment lifecycle costs.

Strategic Outline Case Update

The Strategic Outline Case (SOC) noted that the procurement route for the Future

Hospital had not been accepted at that stage and that the accounting treatment for many costs would be determined by the procurement route.

As set out in the commercial case, the procurement route has now been agreed as a

design and build contract derivative. Further discussions with Jersey Property Holdings will  take  place  to  determine  the  accounting  treatment  of  the  new  assets  at  a departmental level.

Reconciliation of P.110/2016 approved capital cost plans

 This section sets out the reconciliation of P.110/2016 approved capital cost plans and

the estimated current capital cost plan.

 In November 2016, the States approved the current existing and extended Jersey

General Hospital site as the preferred site option subject to this Outline Business Case being approved. P.110/2016 approved in principle a capital cost for the Jersey Future Hospital of £466 million inclusive of optimism bias and contingency.

 This Finance Case provides a comparison of the capital cost plan scope and estimates

approved in P.110/2016 and the current comparable cost estimate to provide full visibility on areas where the original cost estimates have changed and an explanation of why this is the case.

Income

 The  forecast  income  with  regard  to  private  patient  treatments  because  of

implementation of the Preferred Scheme is shown.

 The proposed funding strategy for the capital cost element of the Future Hospital is

likely to include raising of a bond. As the bond needs to be in place prior to being drawn down to fund the capital works, there will be, for a period, interest accruing on the  bond  whilst  it  is  being  held  by  States  of  Jersey  Treasury  and  Resources Department.

Out of Hospital costs

 The successful delivery of the Future Hospital as set out in the Strategic Case is

dependent in part on an increase in out of hospital services to provide some services displaced from the hospital setting as required by P.82/2012.

 The States of Jersey has allocated P.82/2012 funding to the end of MTFP2 period

(2019) for amongst other things the following:

  • Transforming the acute hospital service, of which the Future Hospital is a key component; and
  • Transforming  out  of  hospital  services.  The  capital  and  revenue  costs associated with the implementation of these services as part of P.82/2012 Transformation Strategy will be drawn down based on separate but related business cases. (As a separate area of responsibility and funding therefore are out of scope for this Business Case).

The Preferred Scheme - capital cost, funding and financing

 The capital cost of the Future Hospital is currently estimated at £465.9M. This cost

reflects:

  • The design and construction costs associated with a new build main hospital and a new build support facility at Westaway Court;
  • Enabling whole system transformation in Health and Social care benefiting the health of the population;
  • The acquisition of additional properties to augment the current hospital site and a number of enabling schemes to release space to enable the Future Hospital to be built on the existing and extended site;
  • Provisions for spend on equipment and non-works costs such as planning application costs and off-site transport improvements; and
  • Allowances for risk, contingency, and optimism bias appropriate to the design stage of the project.

 A full explanation of the approach, assumptions, and evidence for estimation of each

cost line is provided in Appendix 13.

 The full breakdown of the estimated costs for the main hospital and the enabling

schemes- including Westaway Court and other relocation projects are set out below. Key features of the capital cost assumptions include:

  • A Jersey location cost uplift factor of 24% on UK cost indices;
  • Standard construction costs indices;
  • Inflation rates applied in line with BCIS Q2 2017 forecasts; and
  • Optimism Bias is applied to main hospital scheme costs only.

 The Enabling Schemes are expected to be delivered by local Jersey based contractors.

Cost estimates for these reflect known local market conditions and market testing. This has  enabled  Optimism  Bias  to  be  fully  mitigated  with  costs  reflecting  risk  and contingency remaining.

 Capitalisation of revenue costs associated with the enabling schemes until they finish

or until Future Hospital opening whichever is the sooner

 

Cost description

Current Estimate £m

 

Feasibility Costs

 

(i)Departmental Works Costs

113,300,366

(ii) Site specific Works Costs (on costs)

51,191,254

Location factor adjustment

39,477,989

Works Cost Total

203,969,609

Consultant and design Team Fees

35,627,519

 

Cost description

Current Estimate £m

Site Specific Non-Works Costs

 

Land

10,486,800

Other

4,505,000

% for art

1,019,848

Off-site transport improvements

664,020

Equipment Costs (Group 2, 3& 4)

18,650,035

Project Cost Total

274,922,832

Contingency (Planning Contingency)

 

Design Development risks (incl within HPCG)

 

Construction risk and employer change and other risk

19,244,598

Sub total

294,167,430

Optimism Bias

38,241,766

Sub total

332,409,196

Inflation

53,083,713

Main Hospital Forecast Outturn Cost

 

Enabling Schemes works cost

76,180,322

Inflation on enabling schemes' works' costs

4,189,642

Main hospital Forecast Outturn Cost

385,492,908

Enabling Schemes works outturn costs

80,369,964

Forecast Total Outturn Cost

465,862,872

Figure 55: Preferred Scheme Capital Cost

Capital funding sources and financing

 The capital cost funding proposal is being developed by the Treasury and Resources

Minister and will be set out in detail in a separate Report and Proposition.

 Three potential sources of finance are being considered:

  • Consolidated Fund – internal funds of £23.6M already set aside to support the project;
  • Bond – a Bond issued on the Bond Market by the States of Jersey Treasury and Resources Department to fund between £250-275M of the Project Costs;

(For the purposes of this OBC a £275 million bond issue is assumed raising £265million cash with a full £275million repaid in 2057 to allow for a fixed point comparison); and

  • Strategic Reserve – the balancing number will be drawn down from the States of Jersey Strategic Reserve. For the purposes of this OBC a sum of £177M is therefore assumed.

 The funding sources and their perceived contribution to the project are set out below

along with an indication of the MTFP period in which it is expected each will be drawn down.

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

Consolidated Fund

23.6

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

23.6

Bond

90.8

174.2

0.0

0.0

0.0

265.0

Strategic Reserve

0.0

168.8

8.5

0.0

0.0

177.3

Total

114.4

343.0

8.5

0.0

0.0

465.9

Figure 56: Funding Sources and Drawdown Profile

 The gross and net financing costs associated with each funding source is set out in the

figure below and combines the funding drawdown and associated finance charges and bond interest earned to provide a gross and net capital funding and financing cost.

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

Bond Raising Charge

2.5

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

2.5

Weighted Average Cost of borrowing (Bond, Consolidated Fund and Strategic Reserve)

20.3

49.6

62.9

63.0

409.2

605.0

Interest earned on bond

(3.7)

(1.0)

0.0

0.0

0.0

(4.7)

Net Cost

19,1

48.6

62.9

63.0

409.2

602.8

Figure 57: Gross and Net Project Financing Charges

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

Consolidated fund drawdown

23.6

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

23.6

Strategic reserve drawdown

0.0

168.8

8.5

0.0

0.0

177.3

Bond repayment

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

275

275

Bond Raising Charge

2.5

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

2.5

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

WAC Cost of borrowing

20.3

49.6

62.9

63

409.2

605.0

Interest earned on bond

(3.7)

(1.0)

0.0

0.0

0.0

(4.7)

Net funding and finance expenditure

42.7

217.4

71.4

63.0

684.2

1078.7

Figure 58: Project Gross and Net Capital Expenditure

 Including the elements of the project financed by the Consolidated Fund and the initial

Strategic Reserve Funds (which are not assumed to be repaid), the total net project funding and financing cost is estimated at £1,078.7 million including interest earned on the bond sum held before drawdown.

 The cost of financing charges set out above are based on

  • An estimated £2.5m cost of raising the bond (this is based on the quantum of the bond raised);
  • a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for all 3 sources of funding and reflects the following assumptions for each source;
    • That the consolidated fund has no opportunity cost associated with its use;
    • The £275 million bond attracts a loan charge of 2.5% per annum until it is repaid in project year 40 (i.e. 2057); and
    • The strategic reserve funding has an ongoing opportunity cost of 5% representing foregone earnings associated with its use.

 As set out above, the key characteristics of the Preferred Scheme is a 100% new build

hospital  on  the  existing  and  extended  general  hospital  site  supported  facility  at Westaway Court site with a number of other Enabling Schemes focussed on relocating functions off the current General Hospital site. The residual buildings on the existing Jersey General Hospital site, the 1980s and 1960s Blocks, are expected to remain for the short term.

 A number of the functions decanted during the build period will be permanently

relocated outside of the hospital, for which new lease arrangements will have to be entered into. This applies to:

  • The Catering Production Unit (CPU); and
  • The relocation of staff accommodation from Westaway Court.

Others such as Hospital Management and Training will be temporarily relocated requiring short-term accommodation leases to be entered into.

 The Future Hospital will be some 30% larger than the existing hospital in area. The

increased size and more efficient configurations provides for greater alignment of models of care and service re-organisation within the hospital and with out of hospital providers. This will, enable the treatment of significantly more patients than currently is the case.

 The Future Hospital will also have an increase in the quantum of equipment particularly

in relation to scanning and imaging to reflect the longer-term need. The nature of the equipment will be fit for purpose and aligned the IT Strategy.

 The revenue cost profile for the Preferred Scheme for the Jersey Future Hospital has

been assessed based on a financial model prepared by the project's financial advisers. A summary of the approach is set out below.

  • Establishing a baseline of costs using a breakdown of 2015/16 operational costs;
  • Establishing a baseline of activity using historic data;
  • Establishing existing and Future Hospital areas;
  • Establishing forecast demand and capacity ratios;
  • Revenue Cost drivers are derived from an assessment of the resources needed to meet the forecast future demand following activity modelling;
  • The  cost  profile  has  been  estimated  for  69  years,  reflecting  transition arrangements until the Future Hospital opens in 2024 and for the expected 60- year asset life of the Future Hospital thereafter;
  • No depreciation charge has been included; and
  • Given the long-term nature of the whole life costs, costs are shown including inflation.  Inflation  rates  have  been  applied  to  individual  revenue  cost components based on empirical evidence. These are detailed in the Financial Model Appendix referred to above.

 The figures below set out the buildings and equipment lifecycle maintenance, pay and non-pay and Facilities Management (FM) costs associated with the delivery of hospital services during the transition period until the Future Hospital opens and thereafter to

2084. The figures also show other costs associated with the delivery of services such as the investment needed to address the existing backlog of maintenance work, to ensure the existing hospital meets statutory requirements during the transition phase.

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

JFH Buildings' Lifecycle Maintenance

0.0

0.0

0.1

5.5

449.8

455.3

Equipment Maintenance and replacement

12.1

14.2

8.2

18.4

669.8

722.7

MRI and CT Scanner and RICS/PACS

4.7

0.0

4.3

15.0

285.2

309.2

Enabling Scheme Lifecycle

0.0

0.5

2.9

3.4

86.3

93.1

Total lifecycle

16.8

14.7

15.4

42.3

1,491.1

1,580.3

Equivalent Annual Cost

4.2

3.7

3.9

10.2

18.8

9.8

Figure 59: Buildings and Equipment Lifecycle Costs

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

Pay

297.2

349.3

391.4

453.5

18,737.4

20,228.8

Non-pay

180.9

219.1

265.0

325.4

33,577.6

34,568.1

Total

478.2

568.4

656.4

778.9

52,315.0

54,796.9

Equivalent annual cost

119.1

141.7

163.6

194.0

500.2

271.1

Figure 60: Clinical Services

MTFP2  MTFP3  MTFP4  MTFP5  MTFP6+  Total 2016-2019  2020-2023  2024-2027  2028- 2031  2032- 2084

£m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m

 

Estates

30.5

34.3

49.8

56.1

1,906.7

2,077.4

Housekeeping

12.8

14.3

20.8

23.5

797.1

868.5

Energy & Utilities

6.2

6.9

12.1

13.6

462.0

500.8

Total

49.5

55.5

82.7

93.1

3,165.8

3,446.6

Equivalent annual cost

12.3

13.8

20.6

23.2

39.8

24.6

Figure 61: Hard and Soft FM

 The analysis shows that there is a significant cost associated with providing hospital

services in the transition phase and once the Future Hospital is open. With regard to the functioning of the buildings, the scale of change in costs in future years are notable in relation to:

  • Buildings and equipment lifecycle;
  • Energy and utilities;
  • Housekeeping; and
  • Estates.

Buildings and equipment lifecycle

 New Build: To maintain the fabric of the buildings of the main hospital and the new

support facility at Westaway Court in a high-quality fit for purpose condition will require a planned programme of maintenance and replacement of assets (often referred to as lifecycle investment) throughout the life of the hospital.

 Applying BCIS rates indicates that this should be in the region of £455m for the

assumed 60-year buildings' asset life.

 Over significant periods contained in previous MTFP bids, the decision not to invest

the sums necessary to maintain the hospital in a high-quality condition has led to the fabric of the building deteriorating substantially and has led to the existing sizeable backlog of maintenance that is needed to meet statutory standards.

 Refurbished and leased premises - in addition to the lifecycle costs associated with

the new build there are also lifecycle costs associated with the refurbished Granite Block and Westmount which will be the permanent location for Hospital Administration functions, Education, Training and Medical Records respectively.

 The Future Hospital, Westaway Court, the Granite Block, and Westmount are all in the

ownership of Jersey Property Holdings, the future scale, and timing of this planned maintenance and replacement in building fabric (lifecycle investment) can reflect States of Jersey overall spending priorities.

 However, failure to  invest  in this  asset maintenance  and replacement  (lifecycle)

requirement in a timely fashion and on the scale required, means that the buildings will deteriorate over time and become less efficient and fit for purpose.

 The investment in lifecycle maintenance of assets owned by the States of Jersey can

be adjusted to reflect spending priorities; however, the relocation of the Catering Production Unit outside of the Future Hospital requires the entering into of new leases on a full repairing and insuring basis. Whilst the profile and scale of these lease costs lifecycle maintenance requirements are estimates, the quantum and timing of this spend is less able to flexed' to meet States of Jersey overall spending priorities given these are contractual agreements with third parties.

 Equipment- the equipment replacement costs for the Future Hospital is estimated at

£723m over the life of the project.

 As is the case with the bulk of the new and refurbished buildings' estimated lifecycle

maintenance costs this equipment replacement spend is not a contractual commitment and the level and timing can be flexed to reflect States of Jersey wide spending priorities.

 The recent spend on lifecycle is not easily identifiable from records as items have been

funded from different departmental budgets. Undoubtedly the future estimates for lifecycle represent a significant uplift on historic spend equating in total to an estimated future equivalent annual cost £10million per annum.

 As noted above, lifecycle maintenance spend for building and equipment assets within

the ownership and control of the States of Jersey can be flexed to meet overall spending priorities, whilst liability for such spend for those assets owned by third parties but leased by the States of Jersey cannot. The latter is estimated at approximately £1million, equating to one tenth of the estimated annual lifecycle maintenance cost. Although no contractual commitments will exist for the remaining lifecycle maintenance of assets owned by the States of Jersey, failure to maintain these assets will result in a deteriorating building over time, which will not deliver the high functionality and high- quality environment expected by staff, patients, and relatives.

 Energy and utilities - As noted above the Future Hospital is some 30% larger than

the existing hospital and will necessarily therefore use a greater level of utilities than the existing hospital. The costs are estimated to increase from £6.2m in MTFP2 to some £12million in MTFP4. This indicates cost increase could be in the region of £800,000 per annum. Whilst the States of Jersey have some investment level and timing freedom in undertaking lifecycle maintenance for buildings and equipment within its ownership, there is little flexibility with regard to meeting expenditure on utilities without a strategic decision being taken to reducing hospital functionality on a day-to- day basis.

 Housekeeping - The figure above reflects that as with utilities consumption, the cost

of housekeeping is also expected to increase due to hospital size and capacity. The analysis indicates that housekeeping will increase from an expected spend of £12.8 million in MTFP2 (2016-2019) to just under £21million in MTFP4 (2024-2027) i.e. upon opening of the Future Hospital. Again, there is little flexibility in decision making regarding the funding of these costs. Not meeting these costs on an on-going basis would significantly affect the ability of the hospital to function.

 Estates - The analysis indicates that Estates cost, (equipment and building day-to-day

management) would increase substantially from spend in MTFP2 of £31million to spend in MTFP4 of £50million. This reflects an estimated current spend of £7million per annum to an estimated £9million per annum; an increase of some £2m per annum between MTFP2 and MTFP4. Again, as with Housekeeping and Utilities, there is little flexibility to not meet these costs without a strategic decision to reduce the functionality of the Future Hospital.

 Taken together as set out above, the increase in Estates, Housekeeping and Energy

& Utilities cost between MTFP period 2 and MTFP period 4 is some £33million. This reflects annual equivalent cost of £12.3million in period MTFP2 and £20.6million in MTFP4 giving an equivalent annual cost increase of £8.3million. As noted above these are cost increases which will need to be met if the hospital is to fully function on a day- to-day basis.

Additional off-site lease costs, backlog maintenance other costs

 In addition to the increased cost of operating and maintaining the hospital in a fit for

purpose and fully functioning condition, additional short term and on-going lease charges will be required to be met on an annual basis due to the relocation of functions away from the main hospital on a temporary and permanent basis.

 The current backlog of statutory maintenance will also need to be addressed, due to

the need to keep the existing hospital fully functional, whilst the Future Hospital is being built. As noted above, part of the old hospital buildings no longer needed once the Future Hospital is built will be left in situ until a future use is determined. The on-going costs of maintaining these residual buildings on the hospital site will need to be met in this period, which is assumed to be for 5 years post the opening of the Future Hospital on the current site. The cost of demolishing these buildings is not included as part of the project but rather is assumed to be taken into account in future uses for the land and buildings as appropriate.

 The costs associated with these temporary and permanent changes to the hospital

functioning are set out below:

MTFP2  MTFP3  MTFP4  MTFP5  MTFP6+  Total 2016-2019  2020-2023  2024-2027  2028- 2031  2032- 2084

£m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m

 

Off-site lease costs – Total

1.6

5.4

5.7

5.9

201.2

219.8

Equivalent annual costs

0.4

1.4

1.4

1.5

2.5

1.6

Statutory backlog and Other Project Costs - Total

11.9

7.5

1.4

0.4

0.0

21.2

Equivalent annual costs

3.0

1.9

0.4

0.1

0.0

1.1

Total costs

13.5

13.0

7.1

6.3

201.2

241.0

Total equivalent annual costs

3.3

3.3

1.8

1.6

2.5

2.6

Figure 62: Off-Site Lease Costs and Other Project Costs

 The key assumptions driving the costs are:

  • The estimated annual charge of new accommodation for staff displaced from Westaway Court to make room for the new facility at some £700,000 per annum;
  • The cost of permanently locating medical records at Westmount and the relocation of the catering unit to an off-site location- each at an annual cost of £200,000;
  • Hospital Administration and Training services will be relocated back to the main hospital in 2025, and
  • The  scale  of  the  backlog  maintenance  needed  to  address  statutory requirements (other project costs in the figure above).

 The statutory backlog expenditure is an expenditure that can, to some extent, be re-

profiled to meet need and affordability. However, this is limited given its short time horizon is driven by the need to keep the existing hospital functioning during the new build phase. As noted above, there is little freedom to re-profile expenditure or manage expenditure when leases with third parties have been entered into.

 These lease costs can be seen as additional costs. These costs will add in the region

of £6million to annual revenue costs on an ongoing basis associated with the Future Hospital.

 As with running costs associated with the hospital buildings and equipment, the

increased hospital capacity will require additional staff to manage these and treat patients. The greater level of treatment necessarily requires greater spend on drugs and associated medical supplies; these are estimated to grow to £265million in MTFP 4 from £180 million in MTFP2 an increase of £84million. Taken together these give a pay and non- pay (clinical service) cost increase between MTFP2 and MTFP4 of £176 million. This equates to an annual average cost increase of £44million between these financial planning periods. A full Workforce Strategy is being developed to ensure that the workforce needs of the Future Hospital can be met in the most cost-effective manner.

Affordability Assessment

 A UK Green Book compliant OBC must contain a clear statement of capital and

revenue affordability for the procuring authority. For the purposes of this business case, the procuring authority is considered the States of Jersey.

 Affordability in this Finance Case is assessed in the following way for capital and

revenue costs:

  • Capital affordability
    • The Jersey Future Hospital capital cost against the £466 million envelope set in P110/2016; and
    • Financing charges (included here to aid visibility albeit the financing cost is a revenue cost).
  • Revenue affordability
    • Future Hospital operating costs; and
    • Ongoing lifecycle cost.

 This business case assumes that the capital cost of £465.9 million is funded via the

following:

 

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Consolidated Fund

23.6

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

23.6

Bond

90.8

174.2

0.0

0.0

0.0

265.0

Strategic Reserve

0.0

168.8

8.5

0.0

0.0

177.3

Total

114.4

343.0

8.5

0.0

0.0

465.9

Figure 63: Capital Expenditure Funding Drawdown

 P.110/2016 set a cost envelope of £466million for the capital cost of the Future

Hospital. As shown below, the estimated current capital cost is £465.9million and is therefore within the allocated cost envelope.

 In  falling  within  the  funding  envelope  set  by  P110/2016,  it  can  reasonably  be

considered that the capital expenditure meets the affordability test.

 The capital cost of £465.9million is expected to be met as set out in the figure above

through a combination of the States of Jersey's Consolidated Fund, Bond Financing, and the Strategic Reserve Fund. The bond financing and Strategic Reserve attract finance charges and an interest foregone opportunity cost respectively. As set out above using a weighted cost of capital of 3.3% for these funds and including bond financing charges and bond repayment gives a funding and financing charge of £1,083.4 million gross of estimated interest earned on the bond, equating to a net cost of £1,078.7 million.

 The Treasury and Resources Department has confirmed the estimated funding from

the consolidated fund at £23.6m as being available as it was allocated in a previous budget.

 Market testing has indicated a bond of the order of magnitude indicated can be raised

at the interest rate indicated.

 The Strategic Reserve Policy as confirmed in P.133/2006 stated that the Strategic

Reserve is a permanent reserve, where the capital value is to be used in exceptional circumstances to insulate the Island's economy from severe structural decline such as the sudden collapse of a major Island industry or from major natural disaster'

 P122/2013 approved the Strategic Reserve Investment Fund balance as £651,216,000

as at 31st December 2012 as the capital value of the Fund and that for future years the capital value is maintained in real terms by increasing the capital value in line with increases in Jersey Retail Price Index (RPI) (Y).

 The States of Jersey Treasury and Resources Minister will set out in the Funding

Strategy Report and Proposition that the amount of the Strategic Reserve needed to provide  the  balance  of  funding  for  the  Future  Hospital  can  be  met  within  the requirement of P.122/2013

  • Revenue Affordability -
    • Affordability is assessed in the following ways:
  • Future Hospital operating costs; and
  • Ongoing lifecycle cost profile.

Revenue affordability – Future Hospital operating costs

 The Future Hospital clinical, non-clinical and other costs have been calculated based

on a detailed set of assumptions as set out in Appendix 13 and include:

  • Agreed P.82/2012 funding;
  • +700 inward migration growth per annum;
  • Clinical Interventions designed to release capacity in the Future Hospital; and
  • Increased footprint of the Future Hospital site.

 The growth in clinical and non-clinical hospital operating costs over 5 MTFP periods

and the whole life of the project is set out in the below:

MTFP2  MTFP3  MTFP4  MTFP5  MTFP6+  Total

2016- 2020- 2024- 2028-  2032-

2019  2023  2027  2031  2084

£m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m

 

Lifecycle

16.8

14.7

15.4

42.3

1,491.1

1,580.3

Clinical and non-clinical costs

478.2

568.4

656.4

778.9

52,315.0

54,796.9

Hard and soft FM

49.5

55.5

82.7

93.1

3,165.8

3,446.6

Offsite lease costs

1.6

5.4

5.7

5.9

201.2

219.8

Additional project costs

11.9

7.5

1.4

0.4

0.0

21.2

Total

557.9

651.6

761.6

920.6

57,173.0

60,064.7

Figure 64: Revenue Cost Summary

Analysis of Cost Movements

 The  analysis  below  sets  out  the  anticipated  cost  movements  and  revenue

consequences of the Preferred Scheme for the following two MTFP periods:

  • FY16 to FY24 (the year of the new hospital opening); and
  • FY16 to FY27 (the end of MTFP5).

 Based on historic MTFP funding approaches it is assumed that clinical and non-clinical

growth based growth will continue to be funded on the same basis and are therefore categorised as funded'. It is therefore reasonable to consider these costs as being affordable.

 The analysis also shows those costs which are not considered to be funded' and will

need to be addressed through the next rounds of the States of Jersey Medium Term Financial Planning process. These include;

  • Unfunded' growth driven costs; and
  • Unfunded' costs driven by the operation of the new hospital.

Analysis of Cost Movements FY16 – FY24

Figure 65: Revenue Changes between 2-16 and 2024

Analysis of Cost Movements FY16 – FY27

Figure 66: Revenue Cost Changes between 2016 and 2027

 The analysis shows that;

Funded costs:

  • Cost increases set out in this section are not driven by the Jersey Future Hospital Project (i.e. all of the cost increases will occur regardless of the decision to build a Future Hospital). These costs include:
    • P.82/2012 funding – secured funding from the P.82/2012 proposition that  is  recognised  transformation  growth  funding  which  has  been approved by the States of Jersey up to 2019 as part of the current MTFP with annual approval;
    • Pay and non-pay inflation – annual inflation assumed to be funded via the MTFP and annual approval process; and
    • Additional  drug  inflation   funded  via  existing  2%  growth mechanisms within the MTFP and annual approval process.

Unfunded growth

  • The Jersey Future Hospital Project (i.e. all of the cost increases will occur regardless of the decision to build a Future Hospital) does also not drive cost increases set out in this section but unlike other sections, the costs are not considered to have funding coverage and cannot therefore be considered yet to be affordable. These costs include;
    • Additional demographic growth – unfunded due to the reduction in P.82/2012 funding; and.
    • Waiting list – unfunded clearing of the existing hospital waiting list.

Interventions cost avoidance

  • Cost avoidance sums set out in this section are a direct consequence of the decision  to  build  a  Future  Hospital.  They  occur  because  of  the  clinical Interventions as set out in the management case. A small number of these Interventions could be delivered without the Future Hospital but the beneficial impact would be considerably lower. Full details of the Interventions are set out in Appendix 9.

Future revenue costs

  • The costs set out in this section are a direct consequence of the decision to build a Future Hospital and are not reflected in previous States of Jersey debates or existing funding strategies. They include
    • Increased hospital estates costs – driven by the increase in the Future Hospital internal floor area;
  • Increased hospital housekeeping costs – driven by the increase in the Future Hospital internal floor area;
  • Increased hospital energy & utilities costs – driven by the increase in the Future Hospital internal floor area; and
  • Off-site lease costs – on-going lease costs as a result of:
    • The relocation of the catering unit;
    • Relocation of hospital management and training (to 2025 only); and
    • Relocation of staff accommodation from Westaway Court and Peter Crill House.

Other project costs

  • The cost of mothballing and maintaining the 1960s and 1980s blocks for five years (to 2028) following opening of the Future Hospital; and
  • A one off £0.1m charge for post project evaluation in 2025.

Lifecycle affordability

  • Additional lifecycle costs have been excluded from the analysis above due to the uneven nature of the lifecycle profile and the fact that very little lifecycle has been incurred by the end of the MTFP4 period; and
  • As set  out above, the business case following best practice includes an assumption that the current Jersey General Hospital and Future Hospital and enabling  schemes  are  maintained  via  a  planned  programme  of  asset maintenance and replacement during the build phase of the Future Hospital and for a period of 60 years following the opening of the Future Hospital. Whilst this type of cost has not historically been fully funded for the existing hospital site, which has contributed to the decline of the existing hospital estate; to maintain the Future Hospital and enabling schemes to an appropriate standard, sufficient funding needs to be committed on the scale and profile set out. Failure to invest these sums in a timely manner will lead to the deterioration of the building and its fitness for purpose on a daily basis.

Baseline Position: Option 1

 In the scenario of a decision being taken not to invest in the Preferred Scheme but to

carry on a business as usual' (the Do-Nothing option), the capital and revenue costs going forward could also be significant given the forecast demographic changes, in particular the expected increase in the older population as a proportion of the total population. As noted in the Strategic Case section of the OBC older people tend to be more intensive users of health and hospital services.

 As set out in the Economic Case, it is assumed that the business as usual / Do Nothing

option  would,  in  relation  to  capital  expenditure,  reflect  no  capital  investment  in additional buildings but rather would reflect lifecycle requirements already planned, in response to the need to meet;

  • Statutory and regulatory deficiencies met in terms of building and healthcare standards within 10 years and maintenance thereafter;
  • Estate  dilapidation  and  hospital  spatial, functional  technical  obsolescence addressed to a limited extent;
  • Limited equipment investment and replacement on an on-going basis; and
  • Relocation of the catering unit off the existing site and maintenance of the accommodation in line with the lease terms.

 With regard to revenue expenditure, the business as usual/Do Nothing scenario would

mean continuing with current operations and meeting increased demand by limited service re-organisation including;

  • Displacement of some hospital services to on-Island out of hospital community settings;
  • Efficiencies within the hospital operating practices; and
  • Significant displacement of patient treatment to off-Island providers.

The figures below set out the revenue and capital costs associated with the Option 1 Do Nothing'' option.

MTFP2  MTFP3  MTFP4  MTFP5  MTFP6+  Total 2016-2019  2020-2023  2024-2027  2028- 2031  2032- 2084

£m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m

 

Main Hospital Lifecycle

0.0

0.0

3.9

8.3

439.1

451.2

Equipment Maintenance and replacement

12.1

14.2

16.2

18.4

669.8

730.7

MRI and CT Scanner and RICS/PACS

4.7

0.0

4.3

6.9

134.3

150.2

Enabling Scheme Lifecycle

0.0

0.1

0.4

0.3

13.5

14.3

Total lifecycle

16.8

14.3

24.8

33.8

1,256.7

1,346.4

Equivalent Annual Cost

4.2

3.6

6.3

8.4

16.0

8.9

Figure 67: Option 1 Buildings and Equipment Lifecycle Costs

The 60 year Lifecycle Programme for this option (and option 2) commences in 2025,

when the majority of the capital programme has been completed. Therefore, in this option Lifecycle is shown as zero in MTFP2 and MTFP3. The equivalent lifecycle costs during the period 2016-2024 are shown as a transitional statutory maintenance works that are shown under a separate cost line.

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

Pay

295.4

353.1

409.6

464.6

17,730.6

19,253.2

Non- pay

137.7

170.8

211.7

262.0

29,592.4

30,374.6

Off-Island Healthcare

49.6

67.0

73.6

181.6

20,218.7

20,590.5

Total

482.7

590.9

694.9

908.2

67,541.7

70,218.4

Equivalent annual cost

120.1

147.3

173.1

225.8

665.0

334.9

Figure 68: Option 1 Clinical Costs (including off-Island healthcare costs)

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

Estates

30.5

34.3

38.6

43.4

1,475.1

1,62 1.9

Housekeeping  

12.8

14.3

16.1

18.1

616.7

678.0

Energy & Utilities

6.2

6.9

7.8

8.8

297.7

327.3

Total  

49.5

55.5

62.5

70.3

2,389.5

2,627.2

Equivalent annual cost

12.3

13.8

15.6

17.5

30.1

19.8

Figure 69: Option 1 Hard and Soft FM Costs

 The analysis notably shows that;

  • Clinical  services  costs:  these  costs  increase substantially  over  time from £482.7million in MTFP2 to £694.9 million in MTFP4 and then £908million in MTFP5. The substantial cost of off-Island healthcare at £49.6million in MTFP2 rising to £73.6million in MTFP4 and then £181.6million in MTFP5 drives this increase in overall estimated cost growth for clinical services. This reflects the lack of capacity to meet increasing demand, even in the short term, but more importantly, the inability of the existing hospital to meet the demand driven by forecast change in Island demographics. Due to the need to keep the hospital functioning  and  systemic  inefficiencies  of  the  existing  configuration, adjacencies and relationships the other clinical services, costs increase over time at a similar profile to the new build costs; and
  • Building lifecycle maintenance- a substantial cost is estimated to keep the existing Jersey General Hospital operational to 2084. Given its existing poor

condition increasing spend would be needed. As noted in the strategic and economic cases, Option 1 - Do Nothing has been included purely as a baseline comparator and not because it is a viable option even in the short to medium term.

Additional off-site lease costs

 On-going lease charges will be required to be met on an annual basis due to the

relocation of the Catering Production Unit away from the main hospital on a permanent basis.

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

Off-site lease costs – Total

0.3

0.7

0.8

0.9

30.4

33.0

Equivalent annual costs

0.1

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.4

0.2

Other Project Costs - Total

5.8

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

5.8

Equivalent annual costs

1.5

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.4

Total costs

6.0

0.7

0.8

0.9

30.4

38.8

Total equivalent annual costs

1.6

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.4

0.6

Figure 70: Option 1 Off-Site Lease Costs and Other Project Costs

Comparison of the Preferred Scheme and the Do Nothing' option

 The difference in the cost for Preferred Scheme and Option 1 are shown in the figures

below:

Preferred  MTFP2  MTFP3  MTFP4  MTFP5  MTFP6+  Total Scheme  2016-2019  2020-2023  2024-2027  2028- 2031  2032- 2084

£m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m

 

Lifecycle

16.8

14.7

15.4

42.3

1,491.1

1,580.3

Clinical Costs

478.2

568.4

656.4

778.9

52,315.0

54,796.9

FM Costs

49.5

55.5

82.7

93.1

3,165.8

3,446.6

Off Site Lease Costs

1.6

5.4

5.7

5.9

201.2

219.8

Other Project Costs

11.9

7.5

1.4

0.4

0.0

21.2

Total revenue

557.9

651.6

761.6

920.6

57,173.0

60,064.7

Capital funding

23.6

168.8

8.5

0.0

275

475.9

Capital Financing

19.1

48.6

62.9

63.0

409.2

602.8

Total capital funding and financing

42.7

217.4

71.4

63.0

684.2

1078.7

Total Capital and Revenue costs

600.6

869.0

833.0

983.6

57,857.2

61,143.4

Figure 71: Option 4 Capital and Revenue Costs

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Option 1 costs

 

Lifecycle

16.8

14.3

24.8

33.8

1,256.7

1,346.4

Clinical Costs

482.7

590.9

694.9

908.2

67,541.7

70,218.4

FM Costs

49.5

55.5

62.5

70.3

2,389.5

2,627.2

Off Site Lease Costs

0.3

0.7

0.8

0.9

30.4

33.0

Other Project Costs

5.8

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

5.8

Total revenue

555.1

661.4

783.0

1013.2

71,218.2

74,230.8

Capital Funding

23.6

0.0

0.0

0.0

84.1

107.7

Cost of borrowing

4.2

7.6

8.2

8.4

54.7

83

 Total capital

27.8

7.6

8.2

8.4

138.8

190.7

Total

582.8

668.9

791.2

1,021.6

71,357.0

74,421.6

Figure 72: Option 1 Capital and Revenue Costs

Comparison in MTFP Periods: Option 1 and the Preferred Scheme

MTFP2  MTFP3  MTFP4  MTFP5  MTFP6+  Total 2016-2019  2020-2023  2024-2027  2028- 2031  2032- 2084

£m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m

 

Option 1

582.9

668.9

791.2

1,021.6

71,357.0

74,421.6

The Preferred Scheme

600.6

869.0

833.0

983.6

57,857.2

61,143.4

Difference  

(17.8)

(200.1)

(41.8)

38.0

13,499.8

13,278.2

Figure 73: Option 1 and 4 Total Cost Comparison

 The cost estimation and analysis shows that, over the whole life of the project, the

Preferred Scheme has just under £13.3 billion lower cost than Option 1. In the transition years i.e. to 2023, the Preferred Scheme requires more expenditure given the need to operate the existing hospital whilst building the Future Hospital and the associated capital expenditure financing charge. In the first MTFP period following the operational Future Hospital i.e. MTFP5, the Preferred Scheme presents an opportunity for saving in the region of £38million over the business as usual Option 1 - Do Nothing option. This increases in subsequent MTFP periods; in all MTFP periods after MTFP4, the Preferred Scheme represents a substantial cost saving over the do nothing' option baseline assessment. The savings over the whole life of the project including the transition phase and the 60 years after the hospital is opened equates to an estimated cost saving in excess of £13 billion because of implementing the Preferred Scheme.

Interventions

 As set out in the SOC and the Strategic Case part of this OBC, the size and associated

capital and revenue costs of the Future Hospital would be significantly higher if the service transformation objectives and associated actions set out in P.82/2012 are not achieved.

 States  of  Jersey  Health  and  Social  Services  Department  to  identify  operational practices  that  could  be  implemented  and  that  align  with  and  deliver  P.82/2012 objectives have undertaken a substantial benefits review exercise. These include displacement to more appropriate out of hospital settings and in hospital practices to improve efficiency. The Interventions do not result in cash releasing savings that can

be realised, as they are reallocated to address other cost growth drivers such as demographic change, thus they can be seen as substantial cost avoidance measures.

 The cost avoided because of the Interventions is estimated at £1,080 million over the

project period to 2084. The explanation of the benefits process and details of the Interventions are set out in the Management Case of this OBC.

Workforce impacts

 The Future Hospital proposed under the Preferred Scheme is larger than the existing

Jersey General Hospital and as a result will be able to meet the forecast increased demand for treatments for a number of decades after the new hospital opens. This increase in treatment for more patients will necessarily require an increase in the number of staff at all grades over time as shown in the figure below.

Figure 74: Workforce Requirements Forecast by Grade of Staff

 The figure below sets out the forecast number of doctors, nurses, midwives, allied

health professionals, and support workers required to meet the forecast demand over time  for  the  central  population  scenario  of  +700  net  inward  migration  and  the associated changes in staffing numbers compared to the 2016 position.

 

Forecast full time equivalents

Forecast including Interventions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staff Type

Migration

2016

2026

2036

2046

2056

2065

Doctors

Change on 2016 levels

700

153.2  182.9  200.2  215.4  227.1  237.6

29.7  47  62.2  73.9  84.4

Nurses & midwives

Change on 2016 levels

700

643.8  692.9  788.5  884.5  922.5  947.4

49.1  144.7  240.7  278.7  303.6

 

Allied Health Professionals

700

438.9

472.3

484.6

496.0

507.0

517.0

Change on 2016 levels

 

 

33.4

45.7

57.1

68.1

78.1

Support workers

700

374.0

356.0

403.1

447.3

450.6

453.4

Change on 2016 levels

 

 

(18)

29.1

73.3

76.6

79.4

Total FTE

 

1,609.9

1,704.1

1,876.4

2,043.2

2,107.2

2,155.4

FTE Increase on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 (excl support

 

 

112.2

237.4

360

420.7

466.1

workers)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net FTE increase on 2016

 

 

94.2

266.5

433.3

497.3

545.5

Percentage change on 2016

 

 

5.8

16.6

26.9

30.8

33.9

Figure 75: Workforce Change Analysis 2016-2065

 The figure shows that between 2016 and 2026 some 30 new doctors, 50 new nurses,

midwives, and 33 additional allied health professionals will be required to provide the increase in services required during the transition and in the first few years of the new hospital  being  fully  functional.  This  forecast  includes  additional  staff  required  to address the existing waiting list. In total an additional 112.2 FTE staff will be needed to meet the forecast demand.

 The analysis shows that, as demand increases beyond 2026 further increases in FTE

numbers will be required; at 2036, the total increase on 2016 will be some 266 staff. A further 167 FTE will be required by 2046. The rate of increase decreases after 2046 due to the hospital reaching in-patient bed capacity levels, albeit some increase in staff numbers is needed to meet the increase in demand for other treatments such as radiology and outpatients.

 The workforce numbers in the figure above reflect the impacts of delivering the cost

avoidance Interventions. Without the ability to deliver these Interventions in full, as is possible only in the Preferred Scheme, the requirement for additional staff would be much greater; for example, in 2026 with Interventions FTE staff numbers are forecast to be 1,704 compared to 1,850 without the ability to deliver all the Interventions. The differential  in  staff  requirement  in  the  with  and  without  Interventions'  scenarios increases in all subsequent years. The detail of the staff requirement for all grades in the absence of delivering the Interventions is shown in the figure below.

 

Forecast Full Time

Forecast Excluding Interventions

 

Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staff type

Migration

  2016  2026  2036  2046  2056

2065

 Doctors

700

153.2

187.9

212.2

233.0

248.6

261.7

 

 

 

 

 Nurses &Midwives

700

643.8

770.7

897.5

1,010.8

1,085.6

1,144.6

 

 

 

 

 Allied  Health Professionals

700

438.9

467.3

484.4

499.0

511.2

521.9

 

 

 

 Support Workers

700

374.0  424.7  488.6

549.2  584.3

609.3

 

 

 

 

Total FTE

 

1609.9  1850.6  2082.7  2,292  2,429.7

2,537.5

Net  increase  on 2016

 

240.7  472.8  682.1  819.8

927.6

Percentage change on 2106

 

14.9  29.4  42.4  50.9

57.6

Figure 76: Workforce Change Analysis 2016-2065 with Interventions Excluded

 Preparation of a Strategic Level Workforce Plan has already commenced and a

specialist workforce advisor has been engaged to take forward the detailed planning required. This will be completed alongside the OBC approvals process with the confirmed Workforce Plan informing the Full Business Case (FBC).

 The Workforce Plan under development to inform the FBC will build on the strategic

workforce plans developed by Skills for Health during 2016, and workforce planning undertaken within business as usual activity by individual services/departments within HSSD. This will include validation of the workforce impact of each of the agreed Interventions, alongside incorporation of the relevant sensitivities to each workforce demographic,  including  geographical  isolation  and  population  policy,  difficulty  in accessing trainees for service provision (e.g. medics in training), and the impact of the high level of anticipated retirements

Population forecast and sensitivity analysis

 The size of the Future Hospital is driven by the forecast demand for treatment. As set

out in the Strategic Case, a central scenario of a +700 net inward migration scenario has been used to forecast demand and assess the costs and benefits of different options to meet this. The demand requirement arising from this population change is set out in the demand and capacity analysis below.

 Recognising that the forecast is however, a forecast; sensitivity analysis in terms of

changes in costs and benefits as set out in the Economic Case has shown that the Preferred Scheme is relatively insensitive to significant variations in these parameters.

Figure 77: Demand and Capacity Forecast 2016-2065 at +700 net inward migration

 Demand and capacity sensitivity analysis has also been undertaken in relation to

variations in the population as set out in the figure below. The scenarios used reflect the population scenarios produced by the States of Jersey Statistical Unit. The analysis shows that if the population forecast is less than the central +700 inward migration scenario, for example it is +325 the new hospital will have capacity to meet demand until 2056, a full 10 years more than if the +700 scenario is realised. If, however, the population change is +1,000 or even +1,500 the new hospital capacity will be reached some years before 2046. As is currently the case the potential exists to use private beds and other specialty beds to meet adult in-patient demand if this is considered a priority.

Figure 78: Population Sensitivity Testing – Demand and Capacity Analysis

 A significant cost of treatment relates to the need for staff to directly and indirectly deliver treatment. The workforce requirement will change in relation to demand, and

over time, recruitment and staffing can be flexed to reflect these changes. The figure

below identifies the forecasted number of doctors, nurses, midwives, civil servants and manual workers for the central scenario of +700 net inward migration. The figure also shows the variance from this scenario for the +325, +1000, and +1500 net inward migration scenarios.

 The figure below shows that in the event of the population change being lower than

the central scenario then additional staff increases will still be needed, albeit lower. In a scenario of population change based on +1,000 and +1,500 net inward migration, an increased number of staff would be needed to meet the associated increase in demand. For Doctors the increase in 2036 for a +1,000 and +1,500 scenario over a +700 net inward migration scenario would be 7.5 and 20.5 FTE respectively; for nurses and midwives this would be an increase of 28.8 and 76.5 respectively with smaller additional staff increases for civil servants and manual workers.

 

Forecast Full Time

Forecast Including Interventions

 

 

 

Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staff type

Migration

  2016  2026  2036

2046

2056

2065

Doctors

325

0.0  (4.0)  (9.4)

(15.5)

(22.5)

(30.0)

 

700

153.2  182.9  200.2

215.4

227.1

237.6

 

1000

0.0  3.2  7.5

12.8

19.0

26.2

 

1500

0.0  8.5  20.5

35.0

51.6

70.0

Nurses & midwives

325

0.0  (14.1)  (34.8)

(59.9)

(64.6)

(82.4)

 

700

643.8  692.9  788.5

884.5

922.5

947.4

 

1000

0.0  11.7  28.8

48.0

49.0

94.2

 

1500

0.0  31.9  76.5

115.6

160.4

217.6

Civil servants

325

0.0  (2.9)  (7.5)

(13.0)

(20.1)

(27.2)

 

700

438.9  472.3  484.6

496.0

507.0

517.0

 

1000

0.0  2.3  5.9

11.3

17.0

22.3

 

1500

0.0  6.1  16.2

30.5

44.9

58.8

Manual workers

325

0.0  (3.2)  (7.4)

(12.6)

(7.1)

(9.2)

 

700

374.0  356.0  403.1

447.3

450.6

453.4

 

1000

0.0  2.6  5.8

4.0

5.7

7.3

 

1500

0.0  6.8  15.5

10.6

15.1

19.5

Figure 79: Population Sensitivity Testing – Workforce Impacts

Comparison of capital cost plan approved in P.110/2016 and OBC

 The  figure  below  sets  out  the  estimated  project  capital  cost  plan  presented  in

P.110/2016  and  the  current  capital  cost  plan  on  the  same  basis.  A  high-level explanation of the reason for the change in estimated cost is also provided for each cost element.

 

Cost description

P.110/2016 £m

OBC/current £m

Change

Comment

 

Feasibility Costs

 

 

 

 

(i)Departmental Works Costs

124,333,568

113,300,366

(11,033,202)

Reduction to main hospital area

Value Management items identified

(ii) Site specific Works Costs (on costs)

47,444,003

51,191,254

3,747,251

Design development has informed the abnormal cost allowances

Sub total

171,777,571

164,491,620

(7,285,951)

 

Location factor adjustment

41,226,617

39,477,989

(1,748,628)

Continues to be applied at 24%

Works Cost Total

213,004,188

203,969,609

(9,034,579)

 

Consultant and design Team Fees

31,950,628

35,627,519

3,676,891

Additional client fees identified and included at OBC stage

Site Specific Non-Works Costs

Land

9,527,500

10,486,800

959,300

Land valuation has been refreshed by client's advisors

Other

4,505,000

4,505,000

0

Unchanged

% for art

1,065,021

1,019,848

(45,173)

% driven

Off-site transport improvements

322,400

664,020

341,620

Additional highways works identified by design team

Equipment Costs (Group 2, 3& 4)

18,650,035

18,650,035

0

Unchanged

Project Cost Total

279,024,773

274,922,832

(4,101,941)

 

Contingency (Planning Contingency)

Design Development risks (incl within HPGC)

Construction risk and employer change and other risk

33,482,973

19,244,598

(14,238,375)

Previously applied at 12% within CR025. Now 5% of this allowance is included in Item 1 above (Departmental Works Cost) to account for design development. 7% allowance included here.

Sub total

312,507,745

294,167,430

(18,340,316)

 

 

Cost description

P.110/2016 £m

OBC/current £m

Change

Comment

Optimism Bias

40,626,007

38,241,766

(2,384,241)

Reduction to 12% captured in the Value Management items included above.

Sub total

353,133,752

332,409,196

 

 

Inflation

68,751,739

53,083,713

(15,668,026)

BCIS TPI applied (post Brexit this has shown a decline)

Main hospital Forecast Outturn Cost

421,885,491

385,492,908

(36,392,583)

 

Figure 80: Comparison of Capital Cost Plan Approved in P.110/2016 and OBC – Main Hospital

Relocation Works

 

Cost description

P.110/2016

OBC/current cost

Difference

Comments

Relocation works cost

39,932,327

76,180,322

36,247,995

The explanation for the change in estimate for each ES is set out below

ES1 Area increased

ES3 &8 merged and scope of works increased

ES4 additional floor added

ES6 lease and fit out costs advised- above previous allowances

ES7 scope and area increased

ES9 design development detailing plant relocation work required

ES10 The Limes refurbishment added into scope

Pneumatic tube link works extended

Multi Storey Car Park added into scope

Inflation on relocation works costs

4,092,597

4,189,642

97,045

BCIS TPI applied (post Brexit this has shown a decline)

Relocation works outturn Costs

44,024,924

80,369,964

36,345,040

 

Figure 81: Comparison of Capital Cost Plan Approved in P.110/2016 and OBC – Relocation Works

 

Cost description

P.110/2016

OBC/current cost

Difference

Main hospital Forecast Outturn Cost

421,885,491

385,492,908

(36,392,583)

Relocation works outturn Costs

44,024,924

80,369,964

36,345,040

Forecast Total Outturn Cost

465,910,416

465,862,872

(47,543)

Figure 82: Capital Cost Plan Main Hospital and Relocation Works

 There are some significant movements within the overall total; including a doubling of

the cost of the enabling schemes, reflecting the proposed new build of Westaway Court and the location of the Pathology department within Westaway Court.

 The estimated cost of the main hospital has decreased by a proportionate amount

reflecting the reduced size of the hospital given the grouping of specialist provision within Westaway Court and reductions in risk and inflation cost assumptions.

Contingency, Risk and Optimism Bias

The levels of Contingency and Optimism Bias included within project costs is set out

in the Economic Case and has been derived through the application of best practice techniques to establish appropriate allowances.

In the case of Contingency – the project Risk Register managed by the Technical

Advisor and reviewed periodically by the, Project Team and the Project Board has been the subject several risk pricing and ranking workshops to arrive at a relative mitigation cost. Using further estimation of probable occurrence, these have been used to inform the level of project contingency as opposed to simply including a Health Premises Cost Guide allowance.

In the case of Optimism Bias – HM Treasury Green Book guidance has been followed

with the standard Mott Macdonald' model being used to define the level of uncertainty remaining within the project. The most recent review of the model took place within the project team and, based on the level of project detail now in place, enabled the allowance to be reduced from its previous 13% to 12%. Further information about the Optimism Bias calculation can be viewed in Appendix 29.

Optimism Bias Governance

To maintain transparency between contingency and optimism bias specific expenditure

arrangements will be developed to separate those with Authority over each provision. Established at a principles level only so far, the arrangement will reflect the following:

  • A level of contingency will be included in the contract to reflect the potential contractors' responsibility for key risk identified in the Risk register. This will be confirmed during the appointment process;
  • A further level of contingency will be held within the project team to cover specific risks that are to be shared with the contractor or remain with the Contracting Authority where this is adjudged to offer best value;
  • Both of these funds will be covered by the project contingency allowance or the works cost pricing directly; and
  • The Optimism Bias allowance will be held by the States of Jersey and only accessed based on approved applications made to the Authorising Officer when confirmed.

Conclusions

This Finance Case has set out the whole life financial costs associated with the delivery

of the Preferred Scheme, and the whole life financial costs associated with the delivery of Option 1 - Do Nothing. This is provided only to give visibility to the service delivery costs that are forecast in the scenario of a do nothing/business as usual' approach, albeit this has been demonstrated to be a non-viable option in even the short to medium term. Full explanation has been provided to enable visibility of all costs, their likely timing, source of funding and affordability.

Capital costs: expenditure, funding, and affordability

The analysis has shown that the current capital cost estimate at £465,881,896 falls

within the envelope set in P110/2016 of £466 million.

Given the current cost estimates are below the P110/2016 capital constraint, the capital

costs can reasonably be deemed affordable'. The funding and financing costs for this sum will be the subject of a separate Report and Proposition that will be prepared and submitted by the States of Jersey Treasury and Resources Minister. This will be based on  the  financing  structure  and  profile  of  drawdown  involving  funding  from  the Consolidated Fund, Bond Financing and The States of Jersey Strategic Reserve and a weighted cost of capital on the basis the estimated funding and financing charge for the £465.9 million capital expenditure is £577.1 million.

This structure and profile used is not necessarily reflective of the detail of the States of

Jersey Treasury and Resources Department funding proposal to be set out in its Report and Proposition. The funding and financing exposition provided is to aid visibility of the full range of costs associated with implementing the project and is therefore provided for information only.

Revenue costs: expenditure, funding, and affordability

The cost estimation and analysis for revenue costs for the Preferred Scheme show

substantial increases in future MTFP periods. Importantly the analysis shows these are driven by costs both related and unrelated to the delivery of the Future Hospital Preferred Scheme.

Hard and Soft Facilities Management Costs (estates, housekeeping, and energy and

utilities) largely reflect increases in costs due to the size and therefore the capacity of the Future Hospital to meet the demand for more treatments. Off-site lease costs due to  the  relocation  of  functions  from  the  existing  main  General  Hospital  site  and Westaway Court on a permanent basis are also additional costs very largely driven by the provision of a Future Hospital. This is also true for clinical services costs, with care of more patients requiring more staff, drugs, and medical supplies although it should be noted that elements of clinical services such as drugs and medical staff pay are also driven by above average inflationary forecasts based on empirical evidence.

The capital expenditure for the Future Hospital and support facility at Westaway Court

represent a significant investment for the States of Jersey in the health wellbeing of Islanders and the Island's infrastructure. To maintain the buildings and equipment in a high-quality fit for purpose' condition a change in approach to asset management is needed,  from  ad  hoc  reactive  responses,  to  a  planned  programme  of  asset maintenance  (known  as  life  cycle  maintenance). The costs  estimation  shows  a substantial spend requirement from MTFP5 onwards for lifecycle costs. Whilst these could be considered additional costs as a result of the delivering the Future Hospital, it is at least in part the failure to invest in such lifecycle maintenance that has led to the deterioration of the existing hospital buildings and their very poor condition, as set out in the Strategic Case, and has led to the need for a new build hospital.

Future MTFP funding bids will reflect to a large extent the profile and quantum of the

estimated revenue. With regard to the end of MTFP4 (2027) analysis indicates that a number of these costs such as those related to clinical services can be considered to be funded based on historic approaches to funding these cost items, others such as those  related  to  demographic  changes  can  also  be  considered  to  be  partially funded. However, a significant element of the estimated future costs, both related to the Future Hospital and unrelated to the Future Hospital, cannot at this stage be considered to be funded.

Whilst there is flexibility for the States of Jersey in relation to committing expenditure

in the timeframe and quantum is estimated for future years for some elements of these costs such as lifecycle maintenance, for the majority of them there is little flexibility with regard to timing and scale of spend needed. Indeed, a lack of investment in lifecycle costs will lead to deterioration of the hospital and impact on the quality of the staff, patient, and visitor experience.

The  sums  needed  to  operate  the  Future  Hospital  are  substantial  and

increasing. However as noted above, a number are unrelated to the delivery of a new build hospital. Compared to the Option 1 - Do Nothing business as usual approach', the revenue costs of implementing the Preferred Scheme would save the States of Jersey  in  the  region  of  £14  billion  between  2016  and  2084.  This  reflects  the assumption that a number of costs are unrelated to the delivery of a Future Hospital and would be incurred in any future delivery scenario, as well as reflecting the increasing cost of off-Island healthcare assumed to be incurred due to the lack of capacity in the existing hospital to meet demand driven by changing demographics, even in the short term. The comparative revenue cost saving also reflects the series of Interventions that can only be delivered in full in a Preferred Scheme context; this accounts for approximately £1 billion of this saving over the lifetime of the Future Hospital. Not implementing the Future Hospital would mean that the majority of these service re-organisation and other Intervention savings could not be delivered.

Including the capital cost and associated financing of the Future Hospital shows that

the total cost saving in the Preferred Scheme compared with the Option 1 - Do Nothing option reduces to £13 billion. The net saving begins to be realised in MTFP5, the first full MTFP period following the opening of the Future Hospital.

Approval of the Preferred Scheme as described in the Economic Case will require

significant capital and revenue funding in the years ahead if it is to deliver the full range of health, social and economic benefits set out.

A summary of the financial cost of the Preferred Scheme over its economic appraisal

term is set out below. In addition to the initial capital investment to be funded, the summary notes that significant annual investment would also be required to maintain the asset such that its condition is preserved throughout its economic life.

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Option 4 costs

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lifecycle

16.8

14.7

15.4

42.3

1,491.1

1,580.3

Clinical Costs

478.2

568.4

656.4

778.9

52,315.0

54,796.9

FM Costs

49.5

55.5

82.7

93.1

3,165.8

3,446.6

Off Site Lease Costs

1.6

5.4

5.7

5.9

201.2

219.8

Other Project Costs

11.9

7.5

1.4

0.4

0.0

21.2

Total revenue

557.9

651.6

761.6

920.6

57,173.0

60,064.7

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Funding

23.6

168.8

8.5

0.0

275.0

475.9

 

MTFP2

MTFP3

MTFP4

MTFP5

MTFP6+

Total

2016-2019

2020-2023

2024-2027

2028- 2031

2032- 2084

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Option 4 costs

 

Cost of borrowing (Net)

19.1

48.6

62.9

63.0

409.2

602.8

Total Capital

42.7

217.4

71.4

63.0

684.2

1,078.7

Total Cost

600.6

869.0

833.0

983.6

57,857.2

61,143.4

Figure 83: Capital and Revenue Costs

  1. The Management Case

Introduction

The States of Jersey recognise the importance of effective programme and project

management in the delivery of capital schemes and already has a well-developed governance system to support this.

However, the scale and complexity of the Future Hospital's construction combined with

the transformational changes planned both within and out of hospital' requires these to be strengthened through the adoption of additional management strategies.

Key areas of focus within these strategies will be:

  • Maintaining the safe operation of the interim hospital throughout the process;
  • Delivering a range of Enabling Schemes (ES) to make agreed areas of the existing hospital available to the project;
  • Acquiring the additional properties to supplement the site;
  • Managing a demolition programme to assemble the Future Hospital site from the above;
  • Construction of the Future Hospital in close proximity to the existing operational hospital;
  • Adoption of appropriate Governance Controls at each stage of the project; and
  • Continuing  with  the  levels  of  stakeholder  engagement  achieved  to  date throughout the remainder of the project.

Team structures introduced during early stages of the project have continued to

develop as the above have become clear and will continue to do so as the project moves into its Procurement and Implementation stage.

Full details of the management approach to be adopted across the project are set out

in the Draft Project Execution Plan included in Appendix 22 and summarised below:

Project Management Arrangements

Project and Programme Management Office (PMO)

The Project will be supported by the development of a complimentary Project and

Programme Management Office (PMO) of appropriately experienced and qualified individuals.

This approach will ensure that the Future Hospital project is coordinated with the wider

activities of the P.82/2012 Transformation Programme.

Sharing  common  monitoring  arrangements  in  this  way  across  the  P.82/2012

programme will deliver reporting economies and will establish a common assurance and reporting process across the programme.

In their independent monitoring capacities, the PMO's will provide:

  • Streamlining reporting by adopting common reporting standards for all change projects;
  • Project level assurance for the Future Hospital project and other P.82/2012 change projects;
  • Programme-wide  assurance  for  P.82/2012  governance  confirming  project status and driving co-ordination of programme expectations as they relate to each project; and
  • The PMO's have the responsibility for coordinating the demands of the Future Hospital on the Service Transformation Delivery, the interrelationships between the  Transformation  Plans  delivered  within  the  hospital,  and  the  hospitals dependency on Transformation Plans delivered outside the Hospital.

 The PMO's report to the Transition Steering Group and the Future Hospital Project

Board as indicated below:

Figure 84: PMO Arrangements

Project Reporting Structure

 Key team roles established in line with Office of Government Commerce (OGC)

guidance and are set out in the organogram below.

Project Governance Arrangements

 To ensure full transparency and accountability, a governance structure has been

developed that links the delivery of the Future Hospital to the States Assembly as The Investment Decision Maker'. This is set out diagrammatically below:

Figure 85: Future Hospital Governance Arrangement

 At the core of this structure is the Political Oversight Group (POG), the composition of

which is shown below:

Figure 86: Project Interface Arrangements with POG

Key Roles and Responsibilities

The Senior Responsible Officers (SRO)

 The Hospital project implements a key component of the States healthcare reforms

Policy P.82/2012: Health and Social Services: A new way forward. (P.82/2012). Its coordination with other healthcare initiatives is therefore important and is recognised within the projects overall governance.

 The Chief Officer of the Department of Infrastructure will continue to act as the Senior

Responsible Officer (SRO) throughout the procurement and delivery phase of the project. As a senior member of the States delivery team the SRO provides direction and leadership and will be accountable for ensuring that the project maintains its focus on  its  agreed  business  objectives  and  confirmed  benefits  and  ensures  that risk continues to be effectively managed.

 The Chief Executive Officer for Health and Social Services will continue as a Project

Board member for the project and, as the SRO for the wider P.82/2012 programme, will maintain full visibility of the Future Hospital project within this programme.

 This arrangement has been designed to embed the hospital project seamlessly within the overall P.82/2012 programme such that its delivery can complement other active

health developments with management harmonised where appropriate and necessary.

 Specific interface arrangements have been established to support this as set out

diagrammatically below. This illustrates how strategic programme level interface and coordination can take place both at an SRO level and in day-to-day delivery terms at a project level.

Figure 87: Senior Responsible Owner Arrangements

 These arrangements are also supported by P.82/2012 programme-wide planning

effected through the PMO function outlined above.

 The high level of commitment to the Future Hospital Project from States of Jersey is

reflected both in the Project Board membership (Chief Executive of Health and Social Services, Chief Officer of Department of Infrastructure and the Treasurer) and in the committed resource of a full time Director for the Health Brief, supported by input from the Hospital Managing Director, Clinical Advisors and consultant body.

The Project Directors

 The Project Director is responsible for day-to-day decision making on behalf of the

SRO and setting high standards for delivery of the project.

 A Director of the Future Hospital Project will be appointed to fulfil the Project Director

Delivery role, working alongside the existing Project Director for the Health Brief. Interim  arrangements  are  in  place  until  funding  is  approved  and  a  substantive appointment can be made.

The Clinical Advisors

 Clinical Advisors from within the existing clinical body and, where required, specialists

from external bodies, have been appointed to the Future Hospital team to support and advise the Project Directors in achieving the best possible brief, design and delivery approach to the Future Hospital

Programme Leads

 Working to the Project Directors, Programme Leads ensure that

  • Delivery objectives are met;
  • Issue and change management processes are managed in line with policy;
  • Project standards are maintained; and
  • The project plans and budgets are managed effectively.

 Given the scale of the project, a team of Project Managers is in place to exercise the

above control within various areas of the project. Project Managers will interact across the project to ensure that the required performance is maintained. They will engage with the Core Team to coordinate their activity and to record progress. The Project Managers will report to the Programme Leads and in turn the relevant Programme Management Boards.

 The project management budget included within the Outline Business Case budget is

approximately £4.1m based upon the current cost predications and benchmarked against similar sized schemes. Contingencies are applied in line with the project cost estimate and this value is included within the total project fee budget forming part of the capital cost breakdown within the OBC.

Core Team

 The Core Management Team effects the  day-to-day management control of the

project. It comprises individuals with appropriate and complementary professional, technical or specialist skills who, under the direction of the Project Director and Programme Leads, are responsible for carrying out the work detailed in the Project Plan. (See OGC Toolkit: Project Team for more information)

 These duties will include:

  • Planning and delivering the overall process;
  • Developing and maintaining project plans;
  • Co-ordinating working groups and evaluation teams as required;
  • Monitoring progress and reporting to Programme Board(s), Project Board and other governance committees;
  • Managing issues and risks as they arise in line with the issue/risk management policy and escalating those above threshold;
  • Managing project advisors, ensuring that their contribution is well understood and that the Trust obtains best advice and value;
  • Managing risks in line with project risk management strategy; and
  • Ensuring  effective  development  and  delivery  of  the  Engagement  and Communications Plan

 The composition of the Core Team will necessarily flex throughout the procurement

and delivery phase to reflect the projects needs over time. However, as a minimum it will comprise of the following key members:

  • Lead Partner / Director;
  • Senior Partner(s) / Director(s) of Specialist Advisors;
  • Services Partner / Director;
  • Lead Designer;
  • Lead Building Services Designer;
  • Senior Project Planner;
  • Senior Cost Manager;
  • Health and Safety Project Co-ordinator / Controller;
  • Acute Service Planning Lead / Clinical Planner;
  • Information Technology Lead;
  • Equipment Lead;
  • Interventions Delivery Manager;
  • Information and Quality Manager;
  • Risk and Value Manager; and
  • Document Controller.

 The resource demands of the Future Hospital project will vary over time but current full

time committed resources included three full time Programme Leads, five full time project managers, and thirty to forty core team members.

 A summary of the project management structure is included in the figure below:

Figure 88: Project Governance

User Groups

 To support the successful briefing and control of the design process, a series of user

groups is being established that will be able to both comment, steer, and sign off hospital design and to link this design process to the wider change programme.

 The groups will have sufficient time and competence to maintain design sign-off in line

with programme and ensure that designs are efficient, practical and in line with latest best practice.

 To support these groups, the Health Planner and Programme Leads and their teams

will:

  • Provide core training and development in the art of hospital design processes and approach;
  • Facilitate visits and interactions with other hospital sites and teams;
  • Steer comments and act as interpreter' with the design delivery team; and
  • Ensure teams are aware of latest guidance, research, and best practice.

 The key team groups will be:

  • Ward s and in-patient services;
  • Technical departments including pathology, theatres, day-case and imaging;
  • Ambulatory services including outpatients and therapies; and
  • Facilities management including catering, distribution, and cleaning.

 A programme of design development has already been prepared by the delivery team

and shared with the user groups. This will be extended to include broader staff and public stakeholder engagement as the design process develops as set out in the stakeholder  engagement  strategy  in  Appendix  36.  A  copy  of  the  stakeholder engagement report for phase 1 - site selection, can be found in Appendix 16.

Knowledge transfer

 The core team reporting to the Programme Leads will develop a plan to arrange skills

transfer from the delivery team to the user groups and vice versa, facilitated by the Project Director for the Health Brief.

 The Future Hospital Project has adopted the principles of soft landings' and the

delivery contractor will be responsible for ensuring that this is embedded in the project during the design, construction, handover, and post-handover periods.

Summary Project Plan

 A detailed Programme for delivery of the main hospital construction is attached in

Appendix 23. This will be further refined during the procurement phase on approval of the OBC. It includes the key milestones for the project delivery including approvals.

 The programme currently meets the project timeframe constraints imposed by Council

of Ministers and is summarised in the Miles tone Schedule set out below:

 

Miles tone Detail

Date

 

 

Full Business Case

Sept 18

Property acquisitions

Dec 18

Enabling Schemes completion date

May 19

Westaway Court completion date

Apr 20

Completion of demolition

Sept 20

MSCP Patriotic St

Aug 20

Main Hospital Planned Completion Date

Nov 23

Occupation of Main Hospital

Mar 24

Granite Block refurbishment

Mar 25

Post Project Evaluation Stage 3

May 26

Figure 89: Programme Miles tone Schedule

Contract Management Plan

 The Detailed Procurement Strategy advises the adoption on an NEC form of contract

(option C is recommended) the NEC (version 3 with Z clauses appropriate for States of Jersey usage as indicated in the commercial case above) offers a robust, tried and tested  approach  to  contract  management.  Setting  out  within  its  framework,  the procedures and measures required to deliver a successful contract.

Use of special advisers

 Consistent with Treasury Guidance, Special Advisers have been used to different

degrees throughout the development phase of the project to ensure that the delivery team is supported with expertise commensurate with the needs of the project.

 Project Advisors have been appointed on Terms that will enable their advice to

continue to support the delivery team throughout the procurement and delivery phase.

 Advisor input through the remaining phases of the project will be coordinated through

the Core Management Team. This will ensure that their resource is used in a timely and cost-effective manner and that the remaining detail needed to execute the project is appropriately developed.

 The Special Advisors are:

 

Specialist Area

Advisor

 

 

Project  &  Programme  Management  /  Technical Advice coordination

Gleeds  Management Services / Rowney Sharman

Business Case Advice & Development

Gleeds  Management Services / Gleeds Advisory

Cost Planning, Quantity Surveying and Lifecycle

Gleeds  Management Services / Gleeds Cost Management

Design and Build advice

Gleeds Management Services

Health and Safety Advice

Gleeds  Management Services / Gleeds Health and Safety

Architecture

HASSELL Architects

Engineering:  mechanical,  electrical,  civils, structural and specialist

ARUP

Transport, Infrastructure and Environmental

ARUP

Specialist Fire Code Advice

ARUP

ICT Specialist Advice

ARUP

Health Planning & Equipment Planning

MJ Medical

Capacity Planning and Growth Forecasting

EY

Valuation and Acquisitions

BNP Paribas

Town Planning

HASSELL  Architects  /  KE Planning

Finance

EY

Assurance

EY

Legal

Sheppard & Wedderburn

Figure 90: Special Advisors

Arrangements for benefits realisation

 The hospital is committed to realising significant benefit from the Future Hospital and

intends to direct significant clinical and management resource to achieving this.

 It is however recognised that this effort may need to be sustained over an extended

period to deliver the more difficult benefits. As such, the process will be led by responsible Directors to develop the momentum needed and to ensure that benefits are delivered in full and in a timely manner.

 A Benefits Realisation Plan has already been prepared and has captured benefits

emerging from two distinct routes:

  • The qualitative benefits resulting from the enhanced capability and functionality delivered by the Future Hospital; and
  • Wider  qualitative  and  productivity  benefits  emerging  from  an  agreed Interventions programme'. This has been developed to introduce new ways of working both within the Future Hospital, the way in which hospital services work in conjunction with out of hospital services and across the whole of the Health and Social Services Department.

 The Plan also identifies:

  • A description of the benefit;
  • The indicator(s) used to measure the benefit and details of when measurement will be made;
  • Who will have lead responsibility for ensuring the delivery of the benefit;
  • Assumptions made about action to be taken to ensure the benefit is realised; and
  • The projected timescale for realisation of the benefit.

 A copy of the Benefits Realisation Plan is contained in Appendix 32.

 In the case of Interventions many will need to be implemented within the existing

hospital to:

  • allow sufficient time for revised working arrangements to be introduced and to become established such that they are robust by the time the Future Hospital is ready; and
  • To supplement the Hospital's ability to deal with the increasing demand in the years leading up to the opening of the Future Hospital (see Strategic Case Growth forecast).

 Given the range of benefits to be delivered and in some cases the complex service

adjustments to be made in their delivery each benefit and Intervention has been assigned to a specific Delivery Manager.

 On  approval  of  the  OBC,  Delivery  Managers  will  be  responsible  for  developing

implementation plans for each Intervention such that the resource required for their delivery is clear.

 Benefits and Intervention plans will be monitored by the PMO to provide independent

reporting on the extent of delivery and there the effectiveness of the programme.

 Benefits realisation will be managed by the programme lead for the Acute Service

Strategy Implementation Group. Given the extent of interaction needed with current hospital this should ease the interface / change management activity required.

 The programme lead for the Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group will be

responsible for completing a formal Post Implementation Review within 12 months of the declared realisation date set out by Delivery Managers. This will verify if the expected benefits have been both delivered and sustained.

Outline arrangements for risk management

 The  risk  management  procedure  adopted  by  States  of  Jersey  follows  guidance

outlined in the draft Project Execution Plan is supported by the external advisors to States of Jersey and approved by the Project Board.

 A project Risk Register was established at the beginning of the project and has been

both maintained and developed through each subsequent project stage. The register operates on industry standard principles by recording:

  • A description of each risk and the scope of its potential impact upon the project scored in the range 1 – 5 with 5 representing the greatest impact;
  • A summary review of the probability of each risk occurring scored in the range 1 – 5 with 5 representing the highest probability; and
  • Risk management / mitigation arrangements to minimise the probability and / or impact in each case scored in the range 1 – 4 with 5 representing the highest level of possible mitigation.

 To  assist  judgment  of  the  relative  effects  of  each  risk  boundaries  have  been

established for each score graduation as set out below:

 

Likelihood

Almost certain

Likely

Moderate

Unlikely

Rare

5

4

3

2

1

Over 80% likely to happen or has happened on a regular basis over the last 12 months

61 - 80% likely to happen or has happened at least once

or twice in the last 12 months

41 - 60% likely to happen or has happened once or twice in the last 24 months

21 - 40% likely to happen or has happened once or twice in the last 5 years

Up to 20% likely to happen or hasn't happened over last 5 years

Figure 91: Likelihood Score Range and Boundaries

 

Impact

 

RISK

 

Financial

Quality / Scope

Time

Score

Impact

 Resources / Cost / Budget / Benefits

Reputation

Continuity

Regulatory

Time

5

Catastrophic

Greater than £10 million

National media attention

Complete disruption of the service

Breakdown in relationship with regulator affecting funding

12 + weeks

4

Major

£1 million to £10 million

National press

attention

Widespread problems in business operation

Breach of regulation or legislation with severe costs/ fines

6 - 12 weeks

3

Moderate

£100,000 to £1 Million

 Local press attention

Significant problems in specific areas of service delivery

Breach of legislation or code resulting in fine or rebuke by Court or Regulator

4 - 5 weeks

2

Minor

£10,000 to £100,000

Internal matter

Minor problems in specific areas of service delivery

Minor Breach of legislation or code resulting in no compensation or loss

2 - 3 weeks

1

Insignificant

Less than £10,000

Individual grievances

Minor departmental and/or systems problems

Breach of legislation or code resulting in no compensation or loss

0 - 1 week

Figure 92: Impact Score Range and Boundaries

 

Management Effectiveness

Scored 1 - 4

Existing and planned Mitigations will have

1

Negligible / no impact

2

Limited 50% effectiveness

3

Sizeable 65% effectiveness

4

Significant impact 75% Effectiveness

on the risk likelihood and or consequence.

Figure 93: Management and Mitigation Effectiveness Score Range and Boundaries

 Risk management workshops have been held during the Outline Business Case (OBC)

development stages, facilitated by Gleeds Management Services (GMS). The Project Risk Register is held by the dedicated Risk Manager under the control of the Services Director and will be reviewed and updated regularly.

 A full risk register has been developed on this basis to provide a comprehensive list of

all risks to the project. Each risk has been categorised and assigned an impact, likelihood, and management effectiveness score that has been utilised to develop an overall residual risk score. The Risk Register is a live document and will evolve during the course of the procurement and indeed over the course of the project.

 Each risk has been allocated to each organisation and an individual who will be

responsible for managing the risk. A mitigation plan has been developed to prevent the risks from escalating into issues.

 All risks have been priced to establish a sum to be assigned to either the contingency budget or the optimism bias calculation. These sums have been included in the overall costings for the project. The full risk register is provided in Appendix 30, with a

summary of the current highest risks tabulated below, the full risk register defines the management ownership of each risk

 

Owner

Risk Description

Mitigation

 

 

 

States of Jersey

Electoral /political executive or scrutiny changes cause change to brief or briefing requirement.

Additional Narrative from OBC Risk Workshop: Effects of changes in elected ministerial positions causing fundamental changes to the scope and purpose of the scheme

An assurance review is required Oct 2017.

Experienced Project Board and support of the current Health Minister and Infrastructure Minister prior to purdah. Ministerial and Council of Minister briefings.

Draft concludes September for October submission, OBC in November.

States of Jersey

Changing funding strategy and further delay in decision making impact of scheme redesign (abortive design cost and loss of market interest/confidence) - reduction to project funding results in delay to implementation of phases.

POG Ministerial representation, senior and effective Project Board. Linked to Special Fund.

Budget based on 2015 and MTFP 2016.

States of Jersey

Insufficient funding from Strategic Reserve prioritised to afford Future Hospital solution and phasing.

Alternative to Bond funding.

Experienced Treasury Team.

Affordability analysis as part of OBC (Deliverable 8) completing Dec 2017.

Likelihood reduced as ability to part fund the proposed Bond structure.

States of Jersey

Securing P.82/2012 Finance risk (HIGH RISK) associated with the annual £5m step increase in healthcare demand.

Experienced Treasury Team.

Affordability analysis as part of OBC (Deliverable 8) completing Dec 2017.

Likelihood reduced as ability to part fund the proposed Bond structure.

States of Jersey

Insufficient Project Team resource results in Project Delay or failure.

Experienced project team, Tri Department support, Advisor Contract requirements.

Secure agreement from accountable officers (Finance and HR Directors) that in-house capacity and capability will be supported. Secure agreement that funding will be available to fund Technical Advisors, to undertake the work.

Appointment of interim positions to support this

States of Jersey

Insufficient transitional capacity care results in increased pressure on planned capacity or under sizing of general hospital.

Experienced HSSD Team, metrics for effectiveness developed.

Community, Mental Health and Sustainable Primary Care Strategies being implemented.

Although metrics exist, UK experience indicates proposed Interventions are unlikely to have sufficient effect to address as hoped.

 

Owner

Risk Description

Mitigation

 

 

Out of hospital team to provide assurance to board that capacity will be sufficient to resource the hospital (RW to expedite).

EY modelling outputs has informed Capacity Modelling.

GMS

Contractor to have an insurance policy in place to cover any damage to the incumbent hospital buildings and other surrounding buildings during the works.

GMS to arrange for all works insurances to be priced as part of the tendering process.

GMS

Failure of scheme to achieve approval of OBC and/or FBC upon the basis of an external expert opinion

Scrutiny panel adopting similar external advisors as previous review and T&R minister supported by professional team.

States of Jersey

Inability to attract suitably qualified and experienced clinical/medical experts required to deliver the anticipated service needs.

Population policy, licenses, key worker housing

Interim and Future Hospital improvements present excellent opportunity to sell positions to incoming medical staff.

States of Jersey

Inability to achieve the healthcare transformation which would be enabled by the scheme or that the scheme requires to enable it.

Approval of Clinical Briefs required urgently.

States of Jersey

Additional requirements stipulated by Planning Condition or Reserved matter add cost or time or affect safety or sustainability.

Regular communication with Planning Officers. Planning Inquiry anticipated which would review conditions. Lead Advisor on Planning and Infrastructure in post.

Support of TTSD in EIA process. Experienced Technical (planning) advisor appointment.

States of Jersey

Existing Hospital Continuity Risk (to run prior to new-build completion 2025 including Granite Block as ES

11) - failure in general hospital facility or services, prior to new-build / replacement results in delay or cost.

Recent leaks within 1960's block confirm risk to healthcare continuity.

Backlog maintenance cost. Possible accelerated works by main contractor.

Liaison between JPH and HSSD engineering, facility management and maintenance.

Optimised phasing supported by experienced technical advisors.

Funding for watch and wait backlog maintenance items to be provided to de- risk.

Backlog maintenance cost. Possible accelerated works by main contractor.

States of Jersey

Failure to receive or expend investment in Workforce Strategy Plan in relation to General Hospital.

Workforce revenue modelling for NPV.

HSSD Human Resource Team and Public-Sector Reform Support.

 

Owner

Risk Description

Mitigation

 

Coordination issues between Workforce Strategy and hospital development have occurred and issue being addressed by client department leadership.

Workforce elements under Client Department review following delayed delivery.

Acute Workforce Training and Organisational Development Strategy Plan.

GMS

Site selection process challenged, results in delay and reduced general hospital capacity due to inflation.

Strategic Outline Case site assessment. Stakeholder workshops.

Experienced Advisor Appointment, EIA, OBC and FBC.

Figure 94: Key Risk Extract from Risk Register

 Risk workshops involving all members of the Core Team, Directors, and members of

the Project Board have been undertaken regularly throughout the project to ensure that risks have been actively managed and mitigated through good planning and design.

 In the period prior to the development of the OBC process the risks were reviewed at

regular design team meetings (on a weekly basis), a full review was undertaken on a quarterly basis led by the Project Director for Delivery and a risk update was presented to each Project Board.

 The risk register has been reviewed prior to incorporation in the OBC at a formal

workshop on the 17th August 2017 and presented for Project Board approval on the 5th September 2017.

 The Risk register will continue to be maintained throughout the procurement and

delivery phase. In each case, a nominated Project Manager will be assigned as the owner  of  each  risk  and  allocated  the  responsibility  of  ensuring  that  the  agreed mitigation defined in the Risk register is fully implemented.

 The out of hospital PMO and the Programme Leads will regularly monitor risk and

mitigation management activity and will report progress within it project assurance arrangements.

Delivering the Acute Service Strategy operational change

 Prior to and during the construction period the hospital will have commenced a detailed

change management programme to:

  • Develop and implement a programme to introduce the operational and wider transformational changes set out in the Interventions Plan. Given that some these will have informed the design of the Future Hospital, the supporting

changes to operational practice will need to be introduced during the operation of the existing hospital in readiness for occupation of the Future Hospital;

  • Develop a programme to manage delivery of the Benefits set out in the Benefits Realisation Plan. Again, some of these will rely on design elements within the Future Hospital and will therefore need to be managed through Design User Groups; and
  • Work with other stakeholders and wider transformation teams to plan and implement wider change across health providers.

 This degree of change is significant both in its scale and in its difficulty in being delivered alongside and occasionally within the delivery of the Future Hospital.

 Strong, well-resourced arrangements based on delivering the Acute Strategy have

been formed to ensure that the required activity well managed via the Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group.

Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group

 The following principles have been adopted:

  • The Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group has as its brief the oversight and implementation of Acute Service transformation in Jersey, to ensure they are safe, sustainable, affordable, integrated, and delivered in partnership, in accordance with P.82/2012;
  • The  implementation  of  redesigned  services  (with  operational,  workforce, financial and clinical governance responsibilities) remains with the Clinical Directors and Divisional Leads; and
  • The Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group provides guidance and advice through the existing General Hospital and wider Health and Social Services Department governance structures. It will add value by identifying synergies between P.82/2012 work streams, presenting these opportunities to Clinical Directors and Divisional Leads, and helping to consider and clarify wider system risks to safe, sustainable and affordable acute service delivery in the years ahead.

 The  group  will  be  led  by  the  Hospitals  Managing  Director  and  supported  by  a

Programme Lead for Future Hospital Transformation that is currently funded and with active  recruitment  under  way  (Aug  2017)  and  Work-stream  leads  assigned  the following responsibilities:

The Project Director will:

  • Provide leadership to the Project;
  • Monitor ongoing project adherence to agreed objectives;
  • Ensure that any changes to scope do not have adverse effects on project direction;
  • Report progress to the Transition Plan Steering Group and to the Future Hospital Board;
  • Communicate with and brief the Project Board about Project developments, seeking their involvement throughout the project as appropriate;
  • Consider policy matters that arise; resolve these where possible and escalate these to the Transition Steering Group where necessary;
  • Chair Acute Service Implementation Group meetings;
  • Provide direction to Work-stream Leads on wider strategy and impact on work streams;
  • Advise on new and existing stakeholder sensitivities and ensure the right people are being involved;
  • Ensure that resources required to progress the Project are identified and managed  in  accordance  with  Health  and  Social  Services  Department procedure;
  • Provide direction to the Communications Officer;  
  • Monitor progress through regular review; and
  • Control the budget and authorise expenditure.

The Programme Lead for the Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group will:

  • Prepare documentation for the whole programme, including the Programme plan,  the  Critical  path  programme,  the  Risks  and  Issues  Log  and  the Communications and engagement plan;
  • Produce periodic and highlight reporting;
  • Monitor the achievement of progress against plan;
  • Identify risk and mitigation actions, and escalate as appropriate;
  • Lead the programme stakeholder engagement and communications;
  • Provide regular reports to the hospital's Managing Director;
  • Prepare reports for the Transition Plan Steering Group; and
  • Provide regular communication with key stakeholders.

Work stream Leads will:

  • Ensure that they or their named Deputy attend each Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group (ASSIG) to ensure consistency and momentum;
  • Communicate  with  their  constituents  to  keep  stakeholders  updated  with progress and to raise emerging issues in a timely way;
  • Lead  their  work  stream  effectively,  involving  relevant  stakeholders  and establishing key milestones and deliverables;
  • Planning  and  completing  actions  and  activities  and  making  progress  in accordance with agreed timescales;
  • Delivering on the agreed work stream or pilot objectives;
  • Identifying areas where external expert advice may be required, and procuring the required expertise within budget;
  • Managing any external experts, to ensure they deliver to time, budget and quality; and
  • Report to the Project Manager and to the ASSIG on Progress, Risks and issues delays and lessons learnt.

Outline arrangements for Post Project Evaluation  

 Post Project Evaluation will be undertaken to examine the extent to which the project

has  materially  delivered  against  its  expected  benefits  and  the  overall  projects objectives.

 The process will be based on the requirements of the Capital Investment Manual (CIM)

and the evaluation principles set out in the Magenta Book' but will recognise the existing evaluation methods that are in place within States of Jersey.

 The evaluation will take place in line with the soft landings programme developed by

the Future Hospital team in conjunction with the delivery contractor.

 Post Project Evaluation will be completed in four distinct stages:

  • Stage One - preparation of the PPE Plan – completed as part of the initial engagement process and pre-contract services agreement with the delivery contractor and assured by the soft landings champions and the Project Board. This will for part of the Full Business Case;
  • Stage Two – a completion review' carried out during the commissioning for the Future Hospital;
  • Stage Three - an initial full evaluation completed during the post occupation phase to assess if the project has met its service outcomes, objectives and whether  benefits  are  being  realised.  This  period  is  important  in  allowing sufficient time for acclimatisation and for steady state operations to be reached; and
  • Stage Four - a follow up review to assess long-term service concluded at the end of the soft landings process; two to three years after the facility has opened.

 Resource will be committed from the Hospital's Management Team to coordinate each

review  with  Evaluation  Teams  being  appointed  from  outside  the  organisation  to facilitate objective assessment should they be required. This would be funded from the Health and Social Services Department management budget.

Contingency plans

 The delivery of the Future Hospital and the management of the Interim Hospital in the

run up to construction and during construction both sit on the States of Jersey corporate risk register. Significant system wide impacts would be felt if either of these programmes failed.

 The key points of failure would rest around three areas; significant delay to the Future

Hospital delivery or failure of the Interim Hospital during the design and construction period or demand over-coming capacity of the Interim Hospital.

 Should any of these risks materialise maintenance of business would include for

example;

  • Greater level of delivery of Hospital Services off-Island;
  • Increased waiting lists for elective surgery;
  • Acceleration of the Future Hospital programme; and
  • Provision of temporary accommodation for Hospital Services.

 The cost implications of such activity are not held within the project.

 It  is  clear  from  the  detail  above  that  the  Project  Board  has  established  robust

arrangements for delivering the Preferred Scheme Including:

  • Arrangements for the Future Hospital's design to be fully informed by the hospitals user groups ensuring that those with vested interests have an active voice in its delivery;
  • Mechanisms to ensure that the safe operation of the existing hospital is never compromised during constructions;
  • A  robust  yet  flexible  approach  to  benefits  realisation  that  includes  a commitment to productivity and performance enhancing change over and above the benefits inherently associated with new facilities;
  • Clear resourcing of both the delivery team and those responsible for wider integrated transformational work; and
  • Comprehensive  governance  across  the  P.82/2012  programme  driving integration across projects which ensuring delivery independence for each project including the Future Hospital.

 In conclusion, these arrangements, combined with the ongoing support of the project

team, Project Board and the SRO provide the necessary support framework required for the safe, effective delivery of the new facilities.

  1. List of Appendices

 

Appendix number

Title

1

OBC Assumptions Log

2

Hyperlink list scheduling links to other published material

3

Jersey population projections - 2016 release

4

EY Demand and Capacity Modelling Methodology and Outcomes

5

Review of policies

6

Six Facet Survey 2015 - Project Board summary

7

Project Board constraints paper & minutes

8

Strategic Workforce Plan

9

EY - Interventions modelling report

10

Options shortlisting methodology and outcomes

11

Project Objectives Workshop outcome

12

Benefits Appraisal Methodology & Appraiser briefing notes

13

Revenue cost estimating methodology

14

Site development and building evolution

15

Summary Enabling Projects

16

Stakeholder Engagement Report – Phase 1 Site Selection

17

BREEAM Pre-Assessment

18

DQI process and outcomes

19

Detailed Procurement Strategy – Main Hospital

20

Detailed Procurement Strategy – Enabling Schemes

21

Equipment Strategy

22

Draft Project Execution Plan

23

Construction Programme and Phasing

24

Capital Cost estimating methodology

25

Capital cost OB forms and HPCG estimate – Commercially Sensitive

26

GEM feed model – All options

27

GEM model report

28

NPV VFM Assessment & Sensitivity report

29

Optimism Bias model & methodology

30

Risk Register

 

31

 

Site Assembly Plans

32

 

Benefits and Interventions Realisation Plan

33

 

Property Acquisition Valuation reports – Commercially Sensitive

34

 

Terms of Reference – Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group

35

 

Contract Clauses - NEC3

36

 

Stakeholder Engagement Strategy

37

 

RIBA Stage 1 Overview

38

 

Design and Access Statement - Outline Planning Application

  1. Glossaryof Terms

 

Abbreviation

Full title

 

 

AHP

Allied Health Professionals

All-in TPI

All-in Tender Price Index published by BCIS

ASS

Acute Service Strategy

ASSIG

Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group

BCIS

Building Cost Information Service of the RICS

BCRG

Business Case Review Group

BIM

Building Information Modelling

BNP Paribas

Contracting Authority's Property Valuation Advisors

BREEAM

Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Model

Brief

Feasibility Site Option Appraisal Brief FH – 1.6 – Change Order 004 – Variation to Options Appraisal – 20141230'

BSRIA

Building Services Research and Information Association

Capex

Capital expenditure(s)

CDM

Construction Design & Management Regulations 2007

CDU

Clinical Decision Unit

CEMP

Construction Environment Management Plan

Chief Minister's Office

Chief Minister's Office of the States of Jersey

CIM

Capital Investment Manual

COM

The Council of Ministers of the States of Jersey

Contracting Authority

 The States of Jersey

CPI

Consumer Price Index

CPU

Catering Production Unit

CSF

Critical Success Factors

CT

Computed Tomography

DOH

UK Government Department of Health

DQI

Design Quality Indicator

DTOC

Delayed Transfers of Care

EAC

Equivalent Annual Cost

EAU

Emergency Assessment Unit

EC

Equipment Committee

ECC

Engineering and Construction Contract

ED

Emergency Department

EHO

Environmental Health Officer for the States of Jersey

 

EIA

Environmental Impact Assessment

EPI

Equipment Price Index

ERM

Equipment Responsibility Matrix

ES

Enabling Schemes for the Jersey Future Hospital

EY

The Contracting Authority's Financial Advisor

FAE

Functional Area Estimate

FBC

Full Business Case

Financial Advisor

One part of the ICA Team

FM

Facilities Management

FTE

Full Time Equivalent

GBCI

General Building Cost Index published by the BCIS

GEM

Generic Economic Modelling

GIFA

Gross Internal Floor Area

GMS

Gleeds Management Services

GP

General Practitioner

GSL

Government Soft Landings

HBN

Health Building Note

HMT

Her Majesty's Treasury

HPCG

Healthcare Premises Cost Guide

HR

Human Resources

HSSD

The Health and Social Services Department of the States of Jersey

HTM

Health Technical Memorandum

ICA

The team of Independent Client Advisors

ICT

Information and Communication Technology

IP&C

Infection Prevention and Control

ITT

The Invitation to Tender Document

JCT

Joint Contracts Tribunal

JCT Minor Works

Joint Contracts Tribunal Minor Works contract

JFH

Jersey Future Hospital

JGH

Jersey General Hospital

JPH

Jersey Property Holdings Ltd

KPIs

Key Performance Indicators

KPMG

Consultant Health Policy Advisor the States of Jersey

LCC

Life Cycle Cost

Legal Advisor

The legal entity that enters into the Contract with the Contracting Authority to provide the legal and commercial advisory and consultancy services. One part of the ICA Team.

LOD

The Law Officer's Department of the States of Jersey

LPA

Local Planning Authority

M&E

Mechanical and Electrical services

MEAT

Most Economically Advantageous Tender

MIPS

Median Index Pricing Study

MJM

MJ Medical Health Planners

MOG

The Ministerial Oversight Group of the States of Jersey

 

MRI/PACS

Magnetic Resonance Imaging/ Picture Archiving and Communication System

MSCP

Multi Storey Car Park

MTFP

Medium Term Financial Planning

NEC

New Engineering Contract

NHS

National Health Service

NMSC

Non-melanoma skin cancer

NPV

Net present value

NSR

Noise Sensitive Receptor

OBC

Outline Business Case

OGC

Office of Government Commerce

ONS

United Kingdom Office for National Statistics

OPA

Outline Planning Application

OPD

Outpatients Department

Opex

Operating expenditure

Optimism Bias

Empirically determined adjustment to redress the tendency toward overly optimistic project appraisal

PCSA

Pre-Construction Services Agreement

PMO

Project Management Office

POG

Political Oversight Group

PPE

Post Project Evaluation

PQQ

Pre-Qualification Questionnaire

Preferred Option

In the Stage 1 appraisal the Preferred Option refers to the Preferred Site location for the Jersey Future Hospital

Preferred Scheme

In the stage 2 appraisal the Preferred Option refers to the Preferred development scheme for the Jersey Future Hospital

Procurement

The process of obtaining a tender

Project

The Future Hospital Project

Project Board

The Board of the Project, assembled quorate

Project Director

The sponsor of the project, who reports to the Chairperson of the Project Board

Project Team

Those operational staff assembled by the Contracting Authority to manage the delivery of the Project

PUBSEC

Public Sector Tender Price Index published by the BCIS

QA

Quality Assurance

QRA

Quantified Risk Analysis

Refined Concept

The Dual Site refined concept Addendum to the Strategic Outline Case, as prepared by WS Atkins October 2013

RIBA

Royal Institute of British Architects

RICS

Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors

RPI (Y)

Retail   Price  Index  -  underlying  inflation  measure  which  excludes mortgage interest payments and indirect taxes

RPIJ

Retail Price Index Jevons

SL

Soft Landings

SMART

Specific Measurable Achievable Realistic Time Related

 

SME

Subject Matter Experts

SOC

Strategic Outline Case, as prepared by WS Atkins May 2013

SOJ

States of Jersey

SOJDC

States of Jersey Development Company

SR

Scrutiny Report

SRO

Senior Responsible Officer

Stakeholders

The organisations or departments of the Contracting Authority that have an interest in the successful delivery of the Services

States Assembly

The elected officials of the States Assembly

States Member

A member of the States Assembly

Strategic Brief

The  strategic  brief  of  the  project,  as  contained  in  the  Services Information

Supply-Chain Procurement Strategy

The procurement strategy developed by the Contracting Authority (with support from the ICA Team)

TPI

Tender Price Indices

TTSD

Transport and Technical Services Department of the States of Jersey

WACC

Weighted Average Cost of Capital

WEMWBS

Short Warwick Edinburgh Mental Wellbeing Scale

APPENDIX C

Appendices to the Outline Business Case ("OBC")

The appendices to the Outline Business Case can be accessed via the following link to the Future Hospital website, and are listed below:

https://www.futurehospital.je/documents/

 

Appendix number

Title

1

OBC Assumptions Log

2

Hyperlink list scheduling links to other published material

3

Jersey population projections – 2016 release

4

EY Demand and Capacity Modelling Methodology and Outcomes

5

Review of policies

6

Six Facet Survey 2015 – Project Board summary

7

Project Board constraints paper and minutes

8

Strategic Workforce Plan

9

EY – Interventions modelling report

10

Options shortlisting methodology and outcomes

11

Project Objectives Workshop outcome

12

Benefits Appraisal Methodology and Appraiser briefing notes

13

Revenue cost estimating methodology

14

Site development and building evolution

15

Summary Enabling Projects

16

Stakeholder Engagement Report – Phase 1 Site Selection

17

BREEAM Pre-Assessment

18

DQI process and outcomes

19

Detailed Procurement Strategy – Main Hospital

20

Detailed Procurement Strategy – Enabling Schemes

21

Equipment Strategy

22

Draft Project Execution Plan

23

Construction Programme and Phasing

24

Capital Cost estimating methodology

25

Capital cost OB forms and HPCG estimate – Commercially Sensitive

26

GEM feed model – All options

27

GEM model report

28

NPV VFM Assessment and Sensitivity report

29

Optimism Bias model and methodology

30

Risk Register

31

Site Assembly Plans

32

Benefits and Interventions Realisation Plan

33

Property Acquisition Valuation reports – Commercially Sensitive

34

Terms of Reference – Acute Service Strategy Implementation Group

35

Contract Clauses – NEC3

36

Stakeholder Engagement Strategy

37

RIBA Stage 1 Overview

38

Design and Access Statement – Outline Planning Application

185